1 /* 2 ** 2001 September 15 3 ** 4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of 5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: 6 ** 7 ** May you do good and not evil. 8 ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. 9 ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. 10 ** 11 ************************************************************************* 12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager". 13 ** 14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file. It implements 15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that 16 ** is separate from the database file. The pager also implements file 17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database 18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while 19 ** another is writing. 20 */ 21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO 22 #include "sqliteInt.h" 23 #include "wal.h" 24 25 26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************ 27 ** 28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback 29 ** journal. These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL, 30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF. 31 ** 32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced 33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF. 34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS 35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page. 36 ** 37 ** Definition: A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if 38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page: 39 ** 40 ** (a) The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of 41 ** the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and 42 ** synced. 43 ** 44 ** (b) The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction. 45 ** 46 ** (c) The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in 47 ** the database file at the start of the transaction. 48 ** 49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the 50 ** following are true: 51 ** 52 ** (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable. 53 ** 54 ** (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire 55 ** transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence 56 ** number consists of a single page change. 57 ** 58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches 59 ** both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written 60 ** and the content in the database at the beginning of the current 61 ** transaction. 62 ** 63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size 64 ** in length and are aligned on a page boundary. 65 ** 66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and 67 ** an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the 68 ** first 100 bytes of the database file. 69 ** 70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal 71 ** being deleted, truncated, or zeroed. 72 ** 73 ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file 74 ** are synced prior to the master journal being deleted. 75 ** 76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time) 77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to 78 ** all queries. Note in particular the content of freelist leaf 79 ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence 80 ** of the database. 81 ** 82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set, 83 ** of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the 84 ** journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically 85 ** equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction. 86 ** 87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS 88 ** is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at 89 ** the beginning of the transaction. (In some VFSes, the xTruncate 90 ** method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will 91 ** invoke it.) 92 ** 93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range 94 ** of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing 95 ** the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same 96 ** database to flush their caches. 97 ** 98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less 99 ** than one billion transactions. 100 ** 101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion 102 ** of every transaction. 103 ** 104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to 105 ** the database file. 106 ** 107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any 108 ** content out of the database file. 109 ** 110 ******************************************************************************/ 111 112 /* 113 ** Macros for troubleshooting. Normally turned off 114 */ 115 #if 0 116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ 117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf 118 #define PAGERTRACE(X) if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; } 119 #else 120 #define PAGERTRACE(X) 121 #endif 122 123 /* 124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above 125 ** to print out file-descriptors. 126 ** 127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The 128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file 129 ** struct as its argument. 130 */ 131 #define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd)) 132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd) 133 134 /* 135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A 136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following 137 ** state diagram. 138 ** 139 ** OPEN <------+------+ 140 ** | | | 141 ** V | | 142 ** +---------> READER-------+ | 143 ** | | | 144 ** | V | 145 ** |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR 146 ** | | ^ 147 ** | V | 148 ** |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->| 149 ** | | | 150 ** | V | 151 ** |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->| 152 ** | | | 153 ** | V | 154 ** +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+ 155 ** 156 ** 157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each: 158 ** 159 ** OPEN -> READER [sqlite3PagerSharedLock] 160 ** READER -> OPEN [pager_unlock] 161 ** 162 ** READER -> WRITER_LOCKED [sqlite3PagerBegin] 163 ** WRITER_LOCKED -> WRITER_CACHEMOD [pager_open_journal] 164 ** WRITER_CACHEMOD -> WRITER_DBMOD [syncJournal] 165 ** WRITER_DBMOD -> WRITER_FINISHED [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne] 166 ** WRITER_*** -> READER [pager_end_transaction] 167 ** 168 ** WRITER_*** -> ERROR [pager_error] 169 ** ERROR -> OPEN [pager_unlock] 170 ** 171 ** 172 ** OPEN: 173 ** 174 ** The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this 175 ** state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is 176 ** unknown. The database may not be read or written. 177 ** 178 ** * No read or write transaction is active. 179 ** * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file. 180 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted. 181 ** 182 ** READER: 183 ** 184 ** In this state all the requirements for reading the database in 185 ** rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently 186 ** was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is 187 ** open. The database size is known in this state. 188 ** 189 ** A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when 190 ** it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state 191 ** OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection 192 ** running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in 193 ** this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way 194 ** a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN 195 ** is via the ERROR state (see below). 196 ** 197 ** * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot). 198 ** * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file. 199 ** * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read 200 ** transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables 201 ** may not be trusted at this point. 202 ** * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open. 203 ** * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that 204 ** there is no hot-journal in the file-system. 205 ** 206 ** WRITER_LOCKED: 207 ** 208 ** The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction 209 ** is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks 210 ** required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual 211 ** modifications to the cache or database have taken place. 212 ** 213 ** In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with 214 ** BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when 215 ** moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened 216 ** to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while 217 ** in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database 218 ** file. 219 ** 220 ** IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file. 221 ** If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt 222 ** is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. 223 ** 224 ** * A write transaction is active. 225 ** * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater 226 ** lock is held on the database file. 227 ** * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction 228 ** is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully 229 ** called). 230 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid. 231 ** * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified. 232 ** * The journal file may or may not be open. 233 ** * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal. 234 ** 235 ** WRITER_CACHEMOD: 236 ** 237 ** A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is 238 ** first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file 239 ** is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the 240 ** start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified. 241 ** 242 ** * A write transaction is active. 243 ** * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file. 244 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 245 ** to it, but the header has not been synced to disk. 246 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified. 247 ** 248 ** WRITER_DBMOD: 249 ** 250 ** The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state 251 ** when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections 252 ** never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file, 253 ** just the log file). 254 ** 255 ** * A write transaction is active. 256 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. 257 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 258 ** and synced to disk. 259 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly 260 ** written to disk). 261 ** 262 ** WRITER_FINISHED: 263 ** 264 ** It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state. 265 ** 266 ** A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD 267 ** state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the 268 ** database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply 269 ** by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is 270 ** not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper 271 ** layer must either commit or rollback the transaction. 272 ** 273 ** * A write transaction is active. 274 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. 275 ** * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished. 276 ** If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to 277 ** commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need 278 ** to rollback the transaction. 279 ** 280 ** ERROR: 281 ** 282 ** The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including 283 ** SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it 284 ** difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents, 285 ** db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system. 286 ** 287 ** Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers 288 ** cannot. 289 ** 290 ** For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback, 291 ** the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state. 292 ** At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state 293 ** (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might 294 ** report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if 295 ** they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database 296 ** file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state 297 ** instead of READER following such an error. 298 ** 299 ** Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager 300 ** to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all 301 ** outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to 302 ** transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the 303 ** page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything 304 ** is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed) 305 ** when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning 306 ** the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered 307 ** from the error. 308 ** 309 ** Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if: 310 ** 311 ** 1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in 312 ** function sqlite3PagerRollback(). 313 ** 314 ** 2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file 315 ** following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(). 316 ** 317 ** 3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or 318 ** database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up 319 ** memory. 320 ** 321 ** In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree 322 ** layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition 323 ** persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above. 324 ** 325 ** Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only 326 ** statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error 327 ** code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not 328 ** automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a 329 ** read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent 330 ** state. 331 ** 332 ** * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK. 333 ** * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the 334 ** last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state). 335 ** * The pager is not an in-memory pager. 336 ** 337 ** 338 ** Notes: 339 ** 340 ** * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the 341 ** connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one 342 ** of the first four states. 343 ** 344 ** * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN 345 ** state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has 346 ** been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are 347 ** executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state". 348 ** 349 ** * See also: assert_pager_state(). 350 */ 351 #define PAGER_OPEN 0 352 #define PAGER_READER 1 353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 2 354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 3 355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4 356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 5 357 #define PAGER_ERROR 6 358 359 /* 360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the 361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on 362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by 364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers. 365 ** 366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY 367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not 368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and 369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated 370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the 371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set 372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held 373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value. 374 ** 375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may 376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than 377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong. 378 ** 379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves 380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file 381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED 382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock() 383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this 384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part 385 ** of hot-journal detection. 386 ** 387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED 388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may 389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but 390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens 391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active 392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database 393 ** without rolling it back. 394 ** 395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the 396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It 397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call 398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition 399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK 400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE 401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function 402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail. 403 ** 404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in 405 ** PAGER_OPEN state. 406 */ 407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1) 408 409 /* 410 ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one 411 */ 412 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 413 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \ 414 if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; } 415 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \ 416 if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \ 417 if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; } 418 #else 419 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) /* NO-OP */ 420 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D 421 #endif 422 423 /* 424 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method 425 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead. 426 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on 427 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit. 428 */ 429 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000 430 431 /* 432 ** If the option SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE option is set at compile-time, then 433 ** SQLite will do extra fsync() operations when synchronous==FULL to help 434 ** ensure that transactions are durable across a power failure. Most 435 ** applications are happy as long as transactions are consistent across 436 ** a power failure, and are perfectly willing to lose the last transaction 437 ** in exchange for the extra performance of avoiding directory syncs. 438 ** And so the default SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE setting is off. 439 */ 440 #ifndef SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE 441 # define SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE 0 442 #endif 443 444 445 /* 446 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active 447 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures 448 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and 449 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc(). 450 ** 451 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is 452 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while 453 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset 454 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main 455 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint 456 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()). 457 */ 458 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint; 459 struct PagerSavepoint { 460 i64 iOffset; /* Starting offset in main journal */ 461 i64 iHdrOffset; /* See above */ 462 Bitvec *pInSavepoint; /* Set of pages in this savepoint */ 463 Pgno nOrig; /* Original number of pages in file */ 464 Pgno iSubRec; /* Index of first record in sub-journal */ 465 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 466 u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA]; /* WAL savepoint context */ 467 #endif 468 }; 469 470 /* 471 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag. See further description below. 472 */ 473 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF 0x01 /* Never spill cache. Set via pragma */ 474 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK 0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */ 475 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC 0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */ 476 477 /* 478 ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of 479 ** some of the more important member variables follows: 480 ** 481 ** eState 482 ** 483 ** The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state 484 ** diagram above for a description of the pager state. 485 ** 486 ** eLock 487 ** 488 ** For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file - 489 ** NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 490 ** 491 ** For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any 492 ** locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such 493 ** databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager 494 ** logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever 495 ** need (and no reason to release them). 496 ** 497 ** In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to 498 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for 499 ** details. 500 ** 501 ** changeCountDone 502 ** 503 ** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter 504 ** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is 505 ** not updated more often than necessary. 506 ** 507 ** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which 508 ** can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file. 509 ** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is 510 ** relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed, 511 ** The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of 512 ** updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction. 513 ** 514 ** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection 515 ** need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction 516 ** committed. 517 ** 518 ** setMaster 519 ** 520 ** When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may 521 ** (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the 522 ** journal file before it is synced to disk. 523 ** 524 ** Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects 525 ** the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is 526 ** committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode. 527 ** If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is 528 ** finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If 529 ** it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized 530 ** by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were 531 ** running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode. 532 ** 533 ** Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized 534 ** simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the 535 ** master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any 536 ** subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file. 537 ** 538 ** The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either 539 ** by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the 540 ** journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag 541 ** is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state). 542 ** 543 ** doNotSpill 544 ** 545 ** This variables control the behavior of cache-spills (calls made by 546 ** the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data 547 ** to the file-system in order to free up memory). 548 ** 549 ** When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set, 550 ** writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether. 551 ** The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that 552 ** comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module 553 ** to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written 554 ** while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback(). The SPILLFLAG_OFF 555 ** case is a user preference. 556 ** 557 ** If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from 558 ** pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not. 559 ** This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size 560 ** is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync 561 ** from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector. 562 ** 563 ** subjInMemory 564 ** 565 ** This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal 566 ** is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory 567 ** sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files. 568 ** 569 ** This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new 570 ** write-transaction is opened. 571 ** 572 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize 573 ** 574 ** Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file. 575 ** It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for 576 ** OPEN and ERROR). 577 ** 578 ** dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be 579 ** larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset 580 ** 28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file 581 ** is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in 582 ** dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2). 583 ** Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered 584 ** to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads 585 ** to dbSize==1). 586 ** 587 ** During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than 588 ** dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly. 589 ** Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(), 590 ** dbSize is updated. 591 ** 592 ** Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states 593 ** PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize 594 ** variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback, 595 ** and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before 596 ** being modified. 597 ** 598 ** Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of 599 ** the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the 600 ** write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made 601 ** to write or truncate the database file on disk. 602 ** 603 ** The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress 604 ** unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If, 605 ** when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates 606 ** that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize), 607 ** pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize() 608 ** to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required. 609 ** dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case 610 ** pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be 611 ** a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case, 612 ** pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger. 613 ** 614 ** dbHintSize 615 ** 616 ** The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to 617 ** the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method. 618 ** 619 ** dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a 620 ** write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and 621 ** dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called, 622 ** dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the 623 ** size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for 624 ** details. 625 ** 626 ** errCode 627 ** 628 ** The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It 629 ** is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode 630 ** is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX 631 ** sub-codes. 632 */ 633 struct Pager { 634 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS functions to use for IO */ 635 u8 exclusiveMode; /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */ 636 u8 journalMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */ 637 u8 useJournal; /* Use a rollback journal on this file */ 638 u8 noSync; /* Do not sync the journal if true */ 639 u8 fullSync; /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */ 640 u8 extraSync; /* sync directory after journal delete */ 641 u8 ckptSyncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */ 642 u8 walSyncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for wal writes */ 643 u8 syncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */ 644 u8 tempFile; /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */ 645 u8 noLock; /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */ 646 u8 readOnly; /* True for a read-only database */ 647 u8 memDb; /* True to inhibit all file I/O */ 648 649 /************************************************************************** 650 ** The following block contains those class members that change during 651 ** routine operation. Class members not in this block are either fixed 652 ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a 653 ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode, 654 ** or the journal_mode). From another view, these class members describe 655 ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the 656 ** "configuration" of the pager. 657 */ 658 u8 eState; /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */ 659 u8 eLock; /* Current lock held on database file */ 660 u8 changeCountDone; /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */ 661 u8 setMaster; /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */ 662 u8 doNotSpill; /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */ 663 u8 subjInMemory; /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */ 664 u8 bUseFetch; /* True to use xFetch() */ 665 u8 hasHeldSharedLock; /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */ 666 Pgno dbSize; /* Number of pages in the database */ 667 Pgno dbOrigSize; /* dbSize before the current transaction */ 668 Pgno dbFileSize; /* Number of pages in the database file */ 669 Pgno dbHintSize; /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */ 670 int errCode; /* One of several kinds of errors */ 671 int nRec; /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */ 672 u32 cksumInit; /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */ 673 u32 nSubRec; /* Number of records written to sub-journal */ 674 Bitvec *pInJournal; /* One bit for each page in the database file */ 675 sqlite3_file *fd; /* File descriptor for database */ 676 sqlite3_file *jfd; /* File descriptor for main journal */ 677 sqlite3_file *sjfd; /* File descriptor for sub-journal */ 678 i64 journalOff; /* Current write offset in the journal file */ 679 i64 journalHdr; /* Byte offset to previous journal header */ 680 sqlite3_backup *pBackup; /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */ 681 PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */ 682 int nSavepoint; /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */ 683 u32 iDataVersion; /* Changes whenever database content changes */ 684 char dbFileVers[16]; /* Changes whenever database file changes */ 685 686 int nMmapOut; /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */ 687 sqlite3_int64 szMmap; /* Desired maximum mmap size */ 688 PgHdr *pMmapFreelist; /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */ 689 /* 690 ** End of the routinely-changing class members 691 ***************************************************************************/ 692 693 u16 nExtra; /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */ 694 i16 nReserve; /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */ 695 u32 vfsFlags; /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ 696 u32 sectorSize; /* Assumed sector size during rollback */ 697 int pageSize; /* Number of bytes in a page */ 698 Pgno mxPgno; /* Maximum allowed size of the database */ 699 i64 journalSizeLimit; /* Size limit for persistent journal files */ 700 char *zFilename; /* Name of the database file */ 701 char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */ 702 int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */ 703 void *pBusyHandlerArg; /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ 704 int aStat[3]; /* Total cache hits, misses and writes */ 705 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 706 int nRead; /* Database pages read */ 707 #endif 708 void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */ 709 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 710 void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */ 711 void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */ 712 void (*xCodecFree)(void*); /* Destructor for the codec */ 713 void *pCodec; /* First argument to xCodec... methods */ 714 #endif 715 char *pTmpSpace; /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */ 716 PCache *pPCache; /* Pointer to page cache object */ 717 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 718 Wal *pWal; /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */ 719 char *zWal; /* File name for write-ahead log */ 720 #endif 721 }; 722 723 /* 724 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains 725 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS 726 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status(). 727 */ 728 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT 0 729 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS 1 730 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2 731 732 /* 733 ** The following global variables hold counters used for 734 ** testing purposes only. These variables do not exist in 735 ** a non-testing build. These variables are not thread-safe. 736 */ 737 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 738 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages read from DB */ 739 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages written to DB */ 740 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0; /* Number of pages written to journal */ 741 # define PAGER_INCR(v) v++ 742 #else 743 # define PAGER_INCR(v) 744 #endif 745 746 747 748 /* 749 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string. The data 750 ** was obtained from /dev/random. It is used only as a sanity check. 751 ** 752 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity 753 ** checking information. If the power fails while the journal is being 754 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal 755 ** file after power is restored. If an attempt is then made 756 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted. The additional 757 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the 758 ** journal and ignore it. 759 ** 760 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists 761 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data. The checksum covers both 762 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page. 763 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the 764 ** journal file right after the header. The random initializer is important, 765 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely 766 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted. If the 767 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might 768 ** be correct. But by initializing the checksum to random value which 769 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk. 770 */ 771 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = { 772 0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7, 773 }; 774 775 /* 776 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by 777 ** the following macro. 778 */ 779 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8) 780 781 /* 782 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same 783 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize(). 784 */ 785 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize) 786 787 /* 788 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database. 789 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set, 790 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize 791 ** out code that would never execute. 792 */ 793 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB 794 # define MEMDB 0 795 #else 796 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb 797 #endif 798 799 /* 800 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch 801 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O. 802 */ 803 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 804 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch) 805 #else 806 # define USEFETCH(x) 0 807 #endif 808 809 /* 810 ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1). 811 */ 812 #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647 813 814 /* 815 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*). 816 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is. 817 ** 818 ** This is so that expressions can be written as: 819 ** 820 ** if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ... 821 ** 822 ** instead of 823 ** 824 ** if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ... 825 */ 826 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0) 827 828 /* 829 ** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log instead of the usual 830 ** rollback journal. Otherwise false. 831 */ 832 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 833 static int pagerUseWal(Pager *pPager){ 834 return (pPager->pWal!=0); 835 } 836 #else 837 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0 838 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0 839 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0 840 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK 841 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK 842 #endif 843 844 #ifndef NDEBUG 845 /* 846 ** Usage: 847 ** 848 ** assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 849 ** 850 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in 851 ** the internal state of the Pager object. 852 */ 853 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){ 854 Pager *pPager = p; 855 856 /* State must be valid. */ 857 assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN 858 || p->eState==PAGER_READER 859 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 860 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 861 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 862 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 863 || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR 864 ); 865 866 /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves 867 ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates 868 ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set. 869 */ 870 assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 871 assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone ); 872 873 /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF". 874 ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open. 875 */ 876 assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal ); 877 assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) ); 878 879 /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since 880 ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter 881 ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing 882 ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may 883 ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It 884 ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR 885 ** state. 886 */ 887 if( MEMDB ){ 888 assert( p->noSync ); 889 assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 890 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 891 ); 892 assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); 893 assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 ); 894 } 895 896 /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held 897 ** on the file. 898 */ 899 assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 900 assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK ); 901 902 switch( p->eState ){ 903 case PAGER_OPEN: 904 assert( !MEMDB ); 905 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 906 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 907 break; 908 909 case PAGER_READER: 910 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 911 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 912 assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 913 break; 914 915 case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED: 916 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 917 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 918 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 919 assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 920 } 921 assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize ); 922 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); 923 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); 924 assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); 925 break; 926 927 case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD: 928 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 929 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 930 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 931 /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the 932 ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during 933 ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off 934 ** to journal_mode=wal. 935 */ 936 assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 937 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 938 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 939 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 940 ); 941 } 942 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); 943 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); 944 break; 945 946 case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD: 947 assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 948 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 949 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 950 assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 951 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 952 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 953 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 954 ); 955 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize ); 956 break; 957 958 case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED: 959 assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 960 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 961 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 962 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 963 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 964 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 965 ); 966 break; 967 968 case PAGER_ERROR: 969 /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if 970 ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped 971 ** back to OPEN state. 972 */ 973 assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ); 974 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ); 975 break; 976 } 977 978 return 1; 979 } 980 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */ 981 982 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 983 /* 984 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer 985 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This 986 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative 987 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb: 988 ** 989 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager) 990 */ 991 static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){ 992 static char zRet[1024]; 993 994 sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet, 995 "Filename: %s\n" 996 "State: %s errCode=%d\n" 997 "Lock: %s\n" 998 "Locking mode: locking_mode=%s\n" 999 "Journal mode: journal_mode=%s\n" 1000 "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n" 1001 "Journal: journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n" 1002 "Size: dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n" 1003 , p->zFilename 1004 , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? "OPEN" : 1005 p->eState==PAGER_READER ? "READER" : 1006 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ? "WRITER_LOCKED" : 1007 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" : 1008 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ? "WRITER_DBMOD" : 1009 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" : 1010 p->eState==PAGER_ERROR ? "ERROR" : "?error?" 1011 , (int)p->errCode 1012 , p->eLock==NO_LOCK ? "NO_LOCK" : 1013 p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK ? "RESERVED" : 1014 p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ? "EXCLUSIVE" : 1015 p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK ? "SHARED" : 1016 p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?" 1017 , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal" 1018 , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ? "memory" : 1019 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ? "off" : 1020 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE ? "delete" : 1021 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST ? "persist" : 1022 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" : 1023 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "wal" : "?error?" 1024 , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal 1025 , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr 1026 , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize 1027 ); 1028 1029 return zRet; 1030 } 1031 #endif 1032 1033 /* 1034 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal. 1035 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one 1036 ** or more open savepoints for which: 1037 ** 1038 ** * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and 1039 ** * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in 1040 ** PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint. 1041 */ 1042 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 1043 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 1044 PagerSavepoint *p; 1045 Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; 1046 int i; 1047 for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){ 1048 p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i]; 1049 if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){ 1050 return 1; 1051 } 1052 } 1053 return 0; 1054 } 1055 1056 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 1057 /* 1058 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file. 1059 */ 1060 static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){ 1061 return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); 1062 } 1063 #endif 1064 1065 /* 1066 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor. Store the integer 1067 ** that is read in *pRes. Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an 1068 ** error code is something goes wrong. 1069 ** 1070 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian. 1071 */ 1072 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){ 1073 unsigned char ac[4]; 1074 int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset); 1075 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 1076 *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac); 1077 } 1078 return rc; 1079 } 1080 1081 /* 1082 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order. 1083 */ 1084 #define put32bits(A,B) sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B) 1085 1086 1087 /* 1088 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor. Return SQLITE_OK 1089 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong. 1090 */ 1091 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){ 1092 char ac[4]; 1093 put32bits(ac, val); 1094 return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset); 1095 } 1096 1097 /* 1098 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK 1099 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock() 1100 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock. 1101 ** 1102 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is 1103 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of 1104 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this. 1105 */ 1106 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ 1107 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 1108 1109 assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock ); 1110 assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK ); 1111 assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 1112 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 1113 assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock ); 1114 rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock); 1115 if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ 1116 pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; 1117 } 1118 IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) 1119 } 1120 return rc; 1121 } 1122 1123 /* 1124 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK, 1125 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the 1126 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state. 1127 ** 1128 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is 1129 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 1130 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation 1131 ** of this. 1132 */ 1133 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ 1134 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 1135 1136 assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 1137 if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ 1138 rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock); 1139 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){ 1140 pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; 1141 IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) 1142 } 1143 } 1144 return rc; 1145 } 1146 1147 /* 1148 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization 1149 ** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if: 1150 ** 1151 ** (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that 1152 ** a database page may be written atomically, and 1153 ** (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal 1154 ** to the page size. 1155 ** 1156 ** The optimization is also always enabled for temporary files. It is 1157 ** an error to call this function if pPager is opened on an in-memory 1158 ** database. 1159 ** 1160 ** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used, 1161 ** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it 1162 ** contains rollback data for exactly one page. 1163 */ 1164 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 1165 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){ 1166 assert( !MEMDB ); 1167 if( !pPager->tempFile ){ 1168 int dc; /* Device characteristics */ 1169 int nSector; /* Sector size */ 1170 int szPage; /* Page size */ 1171 1172 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 1173 dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 1174 nSector = pPager->sectorSize; 1175 szPage = pPager->pageSize; 1176 1177 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); 1178 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); 1179 if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){ 1180 return 0; 1181 } 1182 } 1183 1184 return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager); 1185 } 1186 #endif 1187 1188 /* 1189 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking 1190 ** on the cache using a hash function. This is used for testing 1191 ** and debugging only. 1192 */ 1193 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 1194 /* 1195 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage. 1196 */ 1197 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){ 1198 u32 hash = 0; 1199 int i; 1200 for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){ 1201 hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i]; 1202 } 1203 return hash; 1204 } 1205 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ 1206 return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData); 1207 } 1208 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ 1209 pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage); 1210 } 1211 1212 /* 1213 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 1214 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks 1215 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash. 1216 */ 1217 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x) 1218 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 1219 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 1220 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 1221 assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) ); 1222 } 1223 1224 #else 1225 #define pager_datahash(X,Y) 0 1226 #define pager_pagehash(X) 0 1227 #define pager_set_pagehash(X) 1228 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) 1229 #endif /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */ 1230 1231 /* 1232 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open. 1233 ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the 1234 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied 1235 ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format 1236 ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file. 1237 ** 1238 ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by 1239 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is 1240 ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal 1241 ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a 1242 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name 1243 ** were present in the journal. 1244 ** 1245 ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal 1246 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A 1247 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master 1248 ** journal file name. 1249 ** 1250 ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present 1251 ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. 1252 ** 1253 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite 1254 ** error code is returned. 1255 */ 1256 static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){ 1257 int rc; /* Return code */ 1258 u32 len; /* Length in bytes of master journal name */ 1259 i64 szJ; /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */ 1260 u32 cksum; /* MJ checksum value read from journal */ 1261 u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ 1262 unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ 1263 zMaster[0] = '\0'; 1264 1265 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ)) 1266 || szJ<16 1267 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len)) 1268 || len>=nMaster 1269 || len==0 1270 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum)) 1271 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8)) 1272 || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) 1273 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len)) 1274 ){ 1275 return rc; 1276 } 1277 1278 /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */ 1279 for(u=0; u<len; u++){ 1280 cksum -= zMaster[u]; 1281 } 1282 if( cksum ){ 1283 /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors 1284 ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means 1285 ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul) 1286 ** master-journal filename. 1287 */ 1288 len = 0; 1289 } 1290 zMaster[len] = '\0'; 1291 1292 return SQLITE_OK; 1293 } 1294 1295 /* 1296 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately 1297 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector 1298 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes. 1299 ** 1300 ** i.e for a sector size of 512: 1301 ** 1302 ** Pager.journalOff Return value 1303 ** --------------------------------------- 1304 ** 0 0 1305 ** 512 512 1306 ** 100 512 1307 ** 2000 2048 1308 ** 1309 */ 1310 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){ 1311 i64 offset = 0; 1312 i64 c = pPager->journalOff; 1313 if( c ){ 1314 offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1315 } 1316 assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 ); 1317 assert( offset>=c ); 1318 assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); 1319 return offset; 1320 } 1321 1322 /* 1323 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called. 1324 ** 1325 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to 1326 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0). 1327 ** 1328 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is 1329 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise, 1330 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case, 1331 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately 1332 ** after writing or truncating it. 1333 ** 1334 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and 1335 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the 1336 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the 1337 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does 1338 ** not need to be synced following this operation. 1339 ** 1340 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code. 1341 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK. 1342 */ 1343 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){ 1344 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 1345 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 1346 if( pPager->journalOff ){ 1347 const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit; /* Local cache of jsl */ 1348 1349 IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager)) 1350 if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){ 1351 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); 1352 }else{ 1353 static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0}; 1354 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0); 1355 } 1356 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ 1357 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags); 1358 } 1359 1360 /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock 1361 ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for 1362 ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more 1363 ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need 1364 ** to sync the file following this operation. 1365 */ 1366 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){ 1367 i64 sz; 1368 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz); 1369 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){ 1370 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit); 1371 } 1372 } 1373 } 1374 return rc; 1375 } 1376 1377 /* 1378 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal 1379 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the 1380 ** current location. 1381 ** 1382 ** The format for the journal header is as follows: 1383 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format. 1384 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on. 1385 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash. 1386 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count. 1387 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal. 1388 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size. 1389 ** 1390 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space. 1391 */ 1392 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ 1393 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 1394 char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace; /* Temporary space used to build header */ 1395 u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */ 1396 u32 nWrite; /* Bytes of header sector written */ 1397 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 1398 1399 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ 1400 1401 if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ 1402 nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1403 } 1404 1405 /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created 1406 ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the 1407 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now. 1408 */ 1409 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1410 if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){ 1411 pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff; 1412 } 1413 } 1414 1415 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1416 1417 /* 1418 ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this 1419 ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time. 1420 ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, 1421 ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number 1422 ** of records (see syncJournal()). 1423 ** 1424 ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When 1425 ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the 1426 ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption 1427 ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal 1428 ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios 1429 ** where this risk can be ignored: 1430 ** 1431 ** * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a 1432 ** power failure in this case anyway. 1433 ** 1434 ** * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees 1435 ** that garbage data is never appended to the journal file. 1436 */ 1437 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync ); 1438 if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY) 1439 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) 1440 ){ 1441 memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); 1442 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff); 1443 }else{ 1444 memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4); 1445 } 1446 1447 /* The random check-hash initializer */ 1448 sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit); 1449 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit); 1450 /* The initial database size */ 1451 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize); 1452 /* The assumed sector size for this process */ 1453 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize); 1454 1455 /* The page size */ 1456 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize); 1457 1458 /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary. Everything 1459 ** works find if the following memset() is omitted. But initializing 1460 ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to 1461 ** take the performance hit. 1462 */ 1463 memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0, 1464 nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20)); 1465 1466 /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the 1467 ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the 1468 ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next 1469 ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file 1470 ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS). 1471 ** 1472 ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can 1473 ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file, 1474 ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of 1475 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what 1476 ** is done. 1477 ** 1478 ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the 1479 ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize 1480 ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required 1481 ** to populate the entire journal header sector. 1482 */ 1483 for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){ 1484 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader)) 1485 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff); 1486 assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); 1487 pPager->journalOff += nHeader; 1488 } 1489 1490 return rc; 1491 } 1492 1493 /* 1494 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file 1495 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal 1496 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by 1497 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for 1498 ** a description of the journal header format. 1499 ** 1500 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of 1501 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the 1502 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit 1503 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned 1504 ** in this case. 1505 ** 1506 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is 1507 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined. If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes 1508 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned. 1509 */ 1510 static int readJournalHdr( 1511 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 1512 int isHot, 1513 i64 journalSize, /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */ 1514 u32 *pNRec, /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */ 1515 u32 *pDbSize /* OUT: Value of original database size field */ 1516 ){ 1517 int rc; /* Return code */ 1518 unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ 1519 i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of journal header being read */ 1520 1521 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ 1522 1523 /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the 1524 ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this 1525 ** point, return SQLITE_DONE. 1526 */ 1527 pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1528 if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){ 1529 return SQLITE_DONE; 1530 } 1531 iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; 1532 1533 /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match 1534 ** the magic string found at the start of each journal header, return 1535 ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise, 1536 ** proceed. 1537 */ 1538 if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){ 1539 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff); 1540 if( rc ){ 1541 return rc; 1542 } 1543 if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){ 1544 return SQLITE_DONE; 1545 } 1546 } 1547 1548 /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec 1549 ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start 1550 ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong. 1551 */ 1552 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec)) 1553 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit)) 1554 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize)) 1555 ){ 1556 return rc; 1557 } 1558 1559 if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ 1560 u32 iPageSize; /* Page-size field of journal header */ 1561 u32 iSectorSize; /* Sector-size field of journal header */ 1562 1563 /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */ 1564 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize)) 1565 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize)) 1566 ){ 1567 return rc; 1568 } 1569 1570 /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the 1571 ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize 1572 ** variable is already set to the correct page size. 1573 */ 1574 if( iPageSize==0 ){ 1575 iPageSize = pPager->pageSize; 1576 } 1577 1578 /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields 1579 ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power 1580 ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their 1581 ** respective compile time maximum limits. 1582 */ 1583 if( iPageSize<512 || iSectorSize<32 1584 || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 1585 || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0 || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0 1586 ){ 1587 /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is 1588 ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have 1589 ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading 1590 ** the journal file here. 1591 */ 1592 return SQLITE_DONE; 1593 } 1594 1595 /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal. 1596 ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within 1597 ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested. 1598 */ 1599 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1); 1600 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 1601 1602 /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by 1603 ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was 1604 ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine 1605 ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value 1606 ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine. 1607 */ 1608 pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize; 1609 } 1610 1611 pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1612 return rc; 1613 } 1614 1615 1616 /* 1617 ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager 1618 ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last 1619 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the 1620 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before 1621 ** anything is written. The format is: 1622 ** 1623 ** + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO. 1624 ** + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8. 1625 ** + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator). 1626 ** + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum. 1627 ** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[]. 1628 ** 1629 ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master 1630 ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer. 1631 ** 1632 ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), 1633 ** this call is a no-op. 1634 */ 1635 static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 1636 int rc; /* Return code */ 1637 int nMaster; /* Length of string zMaster */ 1638 i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of header in journal file */ 1639 i64 jrnlSize; /* Size of journal file on disk */ 1640 u32 cksum = 0; /* Checksum of string zMaster */ 1641 1642 assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); 1643 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 1644 1645 if( !zMaster 1646 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 1647 || !isOpen(pPager->jfd) 1648 ){ 1649 return SQLITE_OK; 1650 } 1651 pPager->setMaster = 1; 1652 assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); 1653 1654 /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */ 1655 for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){ 1656 cksum += zMaster[nMaster]; 1657 } 1658 1659 /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing 1660 ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to 1661 ** the journal has already been synced. 1662 */ 1663 if( pPager->fullSync ){ 1664 pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1665 } 1666 iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; 1667 1668 /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If 1669 ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller. 1670 */ 1671 if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)))) 1672 || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4))) 1673 || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster))) 1674 || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum))) 1675 || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8, 1676 iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8))) 1677 ){ 1678 return rc; 1679 } 1680 pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20); 1681 1682 /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical 1683 ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name 1684 ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is 1685 ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file 1686 ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine 1687 ** whether or not the journal is hot. 1688 ** 1689 ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal 1690 ** file to the required size. 1691 */ 1692 if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize)) 1693 && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff 1694 ){ 1695 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff); 1696 } 1697 return rc; 1698 } 1699 1700 /* 1701 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache. 1702 */ 1703 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){ 1704 pPager->iDataVersion++; 1705 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 1706 sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache); 1707 } 1708 1709 /* 1710 ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value 1711 */ 1712 u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){ 1713 assert( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN ); 1714 return pPager->iDataVersion; 1715 } 1716 1717 /* 1718 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both 1719 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal 1720 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode. 1721 */ 1722 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){ 1723 int ii; /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */ 1724 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1725 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); 1726 } 1727 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){ 1728 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd); 1729 } 1730 sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint); 1731 pPager->aSavepoint = 0; 1732 pPager->nSavepoint = 0; 1733 pPager->nSubRec = 0; 1734 } 1735 1736 /* 1737 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint 1738 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful 1739 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs. 1740 */ 1741 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 1742 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 1743 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ 1744 1745 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1746 PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii]; 1747 if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){ 1748 rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno); 1749 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 1750 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 1751 } 1752 } 1753 return rc; 1754 } 1755 1756 /* 1757 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not 1758 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN 1759 ** state. 1760 ** 1761 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is 1762 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does 1763 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is 1764 ** closed (if it is open). 1765 ** 1766 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the 1767 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to 1768 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode 1769 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated 1770 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction 1771 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection). 1772 */ 1773 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){ 1774 1775 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER 1776 || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN 1777 || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR 1778 ); 1779 1780 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 1781 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 1782 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); 1783 1784 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 1785 assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 1786 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); 1787 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1788 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 1789 int rc; /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */ 1790 int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0; 1791 1792 /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then 1793 ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock. Otherwise 1794 ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file 1795 ** out from under us. 1796 */ 1797 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)!=1 ); 1798 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)!=1 ); 1799 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)!=1 ); 1800 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)!=1 ); 1801 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); 1802 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); 1803 if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN) 1804 || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5) 1805 ){ 1806 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 1807 } 1808 1809 /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database 1810 ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment 1811 ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this 1812 ** is necessary. 1813 */ 1814 rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK); 1815 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){ 1816 pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK; 1817 } 1818 1819 /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here 1820 ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error 1821 ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below. 1822 */ 1823 assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 1824 pPager->changeCountDone = 0; 1825 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1826 } 1827 1828 /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be 1829 ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager, 1830 ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both 1831 ** normal and exclusive-locking mode. 1832 */ 1833 if( pPager->errCode ){ 1834 assert( !MEMDB ); 1835 pager_reset(pPager); 1836 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 1837 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1838 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK; 1839 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 1840 } 1841 1842 pPager->journalOff = 0; 1843 pPager->journalHdr = 0; 1844 pPager->setMaster = 0; 1845 } 1846 1847 /* 1848 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires 1849 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred. 1850 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second 1851 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The 1852 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function. 1853 ** 1854 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the 1855 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code 1856 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state, 1857 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode. 1858 ** 1859 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache 1860 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding 1861 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when 1862 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need 1863 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if 1864 ** it were a hot-journal). 1865 */ 1866 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){ 1867 int rc2 = rc & 0xff; 1868 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB ); 1869 assert( 1870 pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL || 1871 pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || 1872 (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR 1873 ); 1874 if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){ 1875 pPager->errCode = rc; 1876 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 1877 } 1878 return rc; 1879 } 1880 1881 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage); 1882 1883 /* 1884 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by 1885 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called 1886 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening 1887 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a 1888 ** database transaction. 1889 ** 1890 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called 1891 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less 1892 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op. 1893 ** 1894 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released. 1895 ** 1896 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal 1897 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a 1898 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this 1899 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized 1900 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and 1901 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows: 1902 ** 1903 ** journalMode==MEMORY 1904 ** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an 1905 ** in-memory journal. 1906 ** 1907 ** journalMode==TRUNCATE 1908 ** Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size. 1909 ** 1910 ** journalMode==PERSIST 1911 ** The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates 1912 ** the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal 1913 ** file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back. 1914 ** 1915 ** journalMode==DELETE 1916 ** The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete(). 1917 ** 1918 ** If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing 1919 ** the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is 1920 ** DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under 1921 ** journalMode==PERSIST is used instead. 1922 ** 1923 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state. 1924 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is 1925 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK. 1926 ** 1927 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during 1928 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the 1929 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the 1930 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still 1931 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the 1932 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related 1933 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is 1934 ** returned. 1935 */ 1936 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){ 1937 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from journal finalization operation */ 1938 int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from db file unlock operation */ 1939 1940 /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction 1941 ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there 1942 ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is 1943 ** held under two circumstances: 1944 ** 1945 ** 1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with 1946 ** eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 1947 ** 1948 ** 2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE 1949 ** lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a 1950 ** read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER 1951 ** and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed. 1952 */ 1953 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 1954 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 1955 if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){ 1956 return SQLITE_OK; 1957 } 1958 1959 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); 1960 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 1961 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 1962 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 1963 1964 /* Finalize the journal file. */ 1965 if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->jfd) ){ 1966 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); 1967 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 1968 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){ 1969 if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ 1970 rc = SQLITE_OK; 1971 }else{ 1972 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); 1973 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){ 1974 /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away. 1975 ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and 1976 ** cause the last transaction to roll back. See 1977 ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773 1978 */ 1979 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags); 1980 } 1981 } 1982 pPager->journalOff = 0; 1983 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 1984 || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL) 1985 ){ 1986 rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster); 1987 pPager->journalOff = 0; 1988 }else{ 1989 /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if 1990 ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal 1991 ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to 1992 ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal. 1993 */ 1994 int bDelete = (!pPager->tempFile && sqlite3JournalExists(pPager->jfd)); 1995 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 1996 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 1997 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 1998 ); 1999 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 2000 if( bDelete ){ 2001 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->extraSync); 2002 } 2003 } 2004 } 2005 2006 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 2007 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash); 2008 if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){ 2009 PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1); 2010 if( p ){ 2011 p->pageHash = 0; 2012 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p); 2013 } 2014 } 2015 #endif 2016 2017 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 2018 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 2019 pPager->nRec = 0; 2020 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 2021 sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize); 2022 2023 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 2024 /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in 2025 ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE 2026 ** lock held on the database file. 2027 */ 2028 rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); 2029 assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK ); 2030 }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){ 2031 /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal 2032 ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image. 2033 ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction 2034 ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the 2035 ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum 2036 ** required size. */ 2037 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 2038 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize); 2039 } 2040 2041 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 2042 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0); 2043 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 2044 } 2045 2046 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode 2047 && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0)) 2048 ){ 2049 rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 2050 pPager->changeCountDone = 0; 2051 } 2052 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 2053 pPager->setMaster = 0; 2054 2055 return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc); 2056 } 2057 2058 /* 2059 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the 2060 ** database file. 2061 ** 2062 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt 2063 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The 2064 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock 2065 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this 2066 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next 2067 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one) 2068 ** will roll it back. 2069 ** 2070 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or 2071 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause 2072 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the 2073 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above. 2074 */ 2075 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){ 2076 if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){ 2077 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 2078 if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 2079 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 2080 sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager); 2081 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 2082 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 2083 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 2084 pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); 2085 } 2086 } 2087 pager_unlock(pPager); 2088 } 2089 2090 /* 2091 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes 2092 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the 2093 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit. 2094 ** 2095 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the 2096 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte 2097 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200). 2098 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer. 2099 ** 2100 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an 2101 ** incompatible journal file format. 2102 ** 2103 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely 2104 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. 2105 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be 2106 ** correct and the middle be corrupt. Thus, this "checksum" scheme, 2107 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption. 2108 */ 2109 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){ 2110 u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit; /* Checksum value to return */ 2111 int i = pPager->pageSize-200; /* Loop counter */ 2112 while( i>0 ){ 2113 cksum += aData[i]; 2114 i -= 200; 2115 } 2116 return cksum; 2117 } 2118 2119 /* 2120 ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back 2121 ** to the codec. 2122 */ 2123 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2124 static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){ 2125 if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){ 2126 pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize, 2127 (int)pPager->nReserve); 2128 } 2129 } 2130 #else 2131 # define pagerReportSize(X) /* No-op if we do not support a codec */ 2132 #endif 2133 2134 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2135 /* 2136 ** Make sure the number of reserved bits is the same in the destination 2137 ** pager as it is in the source. This comes up when a VACUUM changes the 2138 ** number of reserved bits to the "optimal" amount. 2139 */ 2140 void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager *pDest, Pager *pSrc){ 2141 if( pDest->nReserve!=pSrc->nReserve ){ 2142 pDest->nReserve = pSrc->nReserve; 2143 pagerReportSize(pDest); 2144 } 2145 } 2146 #endif 2147 2148 /* 2149 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or 2150 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page. 2151 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset 2152 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal. 2153 ** 2154 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does 2155 ** not. 2156 ** 2157 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file 2158 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is 2159 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned. 2160 ** 2161 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already 2162 ** been played back. If the page at *pOffset has already been played back 2163 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback. 2164 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set 2165 ** prior to returning. 2166 ** 2167 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file 2168 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs 2169 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing 2170 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data 2171 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be 2172 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in 2173 ** two circumstances: 2174 ** 2175 ** * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or 2176 ** * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file 2177 ** and the checksum field does not match the record content. 2178 ** 2179 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback. 2180 ** 2181 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically 2182 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails, 2183 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. 2184 */ 2185 static int pager_playback_one_page( 2186 Pager *pPager, /* The pager being played back */ 2187 i64 *pOffset, /* Offset of record to playback */ 2188 Bitvec *pDone, /* Bitvec of pages already played back */ 2189 int isMainJrnl, /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */ 2190 int isSavepnt /* True for a savepoint rollback */ 2191 ){ 2192 int rc; 2193 PgHdr *pPg; /* An existing page in the cache */ 2194 Pgno pgno; /* The page number of a page in journal */ 2195 u32 cksum; /* Checksum used for sanity checking */ 2196 char *aData; /* Temporary storage for the page */ 2197 sqlite3_file *jfd; /* The file descriptor for the journal file */ 2198 int isSynced; /* True if journal page is synced */ 2199 2200 assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 ); /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */ 2201 assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 ); /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */ 2202 assert( isMainJrnl || pDone ); /* pDone always used on sub-journals */ 2203 assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 ); /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */ 2204 2205 aData = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2206 assert( aData ); /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */ 2207 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) ); 2208 2209 /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction 2210 ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is 2211 ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager 2212 ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback 2213 ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal. 2214 */ 2215 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 2216 || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) 2217 ); 2218 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl ); 2219 2220 /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal 2221 ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs. 2222 */ 2223 jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd; 2224 rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno); 2225 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2226 rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4); 2227 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2228 *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4; 2229 2230 /* Sanity checking on the page. This is more important that I originally 2231 ** thought. If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written, 2232 ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal. We need to 2233 ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it. 2234 */ 2235 if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 2236 assert( !isSavepnt ); 2237 return SQLITE_DONE; 2238 } 2239 if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){ 2240 return SQLITE_OK; 2241 } 2242 if( isMainJrnl ){ 2243 rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum); 2244 if( rc ) return rc; 2245 if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){ 2246 return SQLITE_DONE; 2247 } 2248 } 2249 2250 /* If this page has already been played back before during the current 2251 ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again. 2252 */ 2253 if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2254 return rc; 2255 } 2256 2257 /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting 2258 */ 2259 if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){ 2260 pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20]; 2261 pagerReportSize(pPager); 2262 } 2263 2264 /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this 2265 ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache, 2266 ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case. 2267 ** 2268 ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode 2269 ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may 2270 ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs 2271 ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache 2272 ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not 2273 ** assert()able. 2274 ** 2275 ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the 2276 ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked 2277 ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for 2278 ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty 2279 ** if the pager is in OPEN state. 2280 ** 2281 ** Ticket #1171: The statement journal might contain page content that is 2282 ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction. 2283 ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement 2284 ** then changed again within the statement. When rolling back such a 2285 ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know 2286 ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback 2287 ** journal. Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the 2288 ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can 2289 ** restore the database to its original form. Two conditions must be 2290 ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be 2291 ** locked. (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced 2292 ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else 2293 ** the page is marked as needSync==0. 2294 ** 2295 ** 2008-04-14: When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it 2296 ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist. 2297 ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened. 2298 */ 2299 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 2300 pPg = 0; 2301 }else{ 2302 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); 2303 } 2304 assert( pPg || !MEMDB ); 2305 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 ); 2306 PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n", 2307 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData), 2308 (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal") 2309 )); 2310 if( isMainJrnl ){ 2311 isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr); 2312 }else{ 2313 isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); 2314 } 2315 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) 2316 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2317 && isSynced 2318 ){ 2319 i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; 2320 testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 ); 2321 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 2322 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst); 2323 if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 2324 pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; 2325 } 2326 if( pPager->pBackup ){ 2327 CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); 2328 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData); 2329 CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, aData); 2330 } 2331 }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){ 2332 /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to 2333 ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential 2334 ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it 2335 ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be 2336 ** current. 2337 ** 2338 ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite 2339 ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen 2340 ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then 2341 ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage(). 2342 ** 2343 ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing 2344 ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty 2345 ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as 2346 ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written. 2347 */ 2348 assert( isSavepnt ); 2349 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 ); 2350 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; 2351 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1); 2352 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 ); 2353 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; 2354 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2355 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_READ; 2356 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 2357 } 2358 if( pPg ){ 2359 /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except 2360 ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the 2361 ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result 2362 ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to 2363 ** sqlite3PagerRollback(). 2364 */ 2365 void *pData; 2366 pData = pPg->pData; 2367 memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize); 2368 pPager->xReiniter(pPg); 2369 if( isMainJrnl && (!isSavepnt || *pOffset<=pPager->journalHdr) ){ 2370 /* If the contents of this page were just restored from the main 2371 ** journal file, then its content must be as they were when the 2372 ** transaction was first opened. In this case we can mark the page 2373 ** as clean, since there will be no need to write it out to the 2374 ** database. 2375 ** 2376 ** There is one exception to this rule. If the page is being rolled 2377 ** back as part of a savepoint (or statement) rollback from an 2378 ** unsynced portion of the main journal file, then it is not safe 2379 ** to mark the page as clean. This is because marking the page as 2380 ** clean will clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag. Since the page is 2381 ** already in the journal file (recorded in Pager.pInJournal) and 2382 ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is cleared, if the page is written to 2383 ** again within this transaction, it will be marked as dirty but 2384 ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag will not be set. It could then potentially 2385 ** be written out into the database file before its journal file 2386 ** segment is synced. If a crash occurs during or following this, 2387 ** database corruption may ensue. 2388 */ 2389 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 2390 sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg); 2391 } 2392 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 2393 2394 /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers. 2395 ** Do this before any decoding. */ 2396 if( pgno==1 ){ 2397 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 2398 } 2399 2400 /* Decode the page just read from disk */ 2401 CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); 2402 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); 2403 } 2404 return rc; 2405 } 2406 2407 /* 2408 ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal 2409 ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back. 2410 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file, 2411 ** and does so if it is. 2412 ** 2413 ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not 2414 ** available for use within this function. 2415 ** 2416 ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names 2417 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8 2418 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a 2419 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal 2420 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be: 2421 ** 2422 ** "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00" 2423 ** 2424 ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child 2425 ** journals have been rolled back. 2426 ** 2427 ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into 2428 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For 2429 ** each child journal, it checks if: 2430 ** 2431 ** * if the child journal exists, and if so 2432 ** * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal 2433 ** file zMaster 2434 ** 2435 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria 2436 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if 2437 ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from 2438 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete(). 2439 ** 2440 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This 2441 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation 2442 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors 2443 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. 2444 ** 2445 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load 2446 ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be 2447 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page 2448 ** size. 2449 */ 2450 static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 2451 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 2452 int rc; /* Return code */ 2453 sqlite3_file *pMaster; /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */ 2454 sqlite3_file *pJournal; /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */ 2455 char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */ 2456 i64 nMasterJournal; /* Size of master journal file */ 2457 char *zJournal; /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */ 2458 char *zMasterPtr; /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */ 2459 int nMasterPtr; /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */ 2460 2461 /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors. 2462 ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading. 2463 */ 2464 pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2); 2465 pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile); 2466 if( !pMaster ){ 2467 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 2468 }else{ 2469 const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL); 2470 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0); 2471 } 2472 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2473 2474 /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from 2475 ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal. Also obtain 2476 ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master 2477 ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals. 2478 */ 2479 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal); 2480 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2481 nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1; 2482 zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1); 2483 if( !zMasterJournal ){ 2484 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 2485 goto delmaster_out; 2486 } 2487 zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1]; 2488 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0); 2489 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2490 zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0; 2491 2492 zJournal = zMasterJournal; 2493 while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){ 2494 int exists; 2495 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); 2496 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2497 goto delmaster_out; 2498 } 2499 if( exists ){ 2500 /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists. 2501 ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If 2502 ** so, return without deleting the master journal file. 2503 */ 2504 int c; 2505 int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL); 2506 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0); 2507 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2508 goto delmaster_out; 2509 } 2510 2511 rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr); 2512 sqlite3OsClose(pJournal); 2513 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2514 goto delmaster_out; 2515 } 2516 2517 c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0; 2518 if( c ){ 2519 /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */ 2520 goto delmaster_out; 2521 } 2522 } 2523 zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1); 2524 } 2525 2526 sqlite3OsClose(pMaster); 2527 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); 2528 2529 delmaster_out: 2530 sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal); 2531 if( pMaster ){ 2532 sqlite3OsClose(pMaster); 2533 assert( !isOpen(pJournal) ); 2534 sqlite3_free(pMaster); 2535 } 2536 return rc; 2537 } 2538 2539 2540 /* 2541 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database 2542 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction, 2543 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal). 2544 ** 2545 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either 2546 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size 2547 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes). 2548 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS 2549 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it. 2550 ** 2551 ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than 2552 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if 2553 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it 2554 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to 2555 ** the end of the new file instead. 2556 ** 2557 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying 2558 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller. 2559 */ 2560 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ 2561 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 2562 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 2563 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER ); 2564 2565 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) 2566 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2567 ){ 2568 i64 currentSize, newSize; 2569 int szPage = pPager->pageSize; 2570 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 2571 /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */ 2572 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, ¤tSize); 2573 newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage; 2574 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){ 2575 if( currentSize>newSize ){ 2576 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize); 2577 }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){ 2578 char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2579 memset(pTmp, 0, szPage); 2580 testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize ); 2581 testcase( (newSize-szPage) > currentSize ); 2582 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage); 2583 } 2584 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2585 pPager->dbFileSize = nPage; 2586 } 2587 } 2588 } 2589 return rc; 2590 } 2591 2592 /* 2593 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The 2594 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. 2595 */ 2596 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){ 2597 int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile); 2598 if( iRet<32 ){ 2599 iRet = 512; 2600 }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){ 2601 assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 ); 2602 iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE; 2603 } 2604 return iRet; 2605 } 2606 2607 /* 2608 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given 2609 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method 2610 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used 2611 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and 2612 ** master journal pointers within created journal files. 2613 ** 2614 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes. 2615 ** 2616 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is 2617 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if 2618 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it 2619 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. 2620 ** 2621 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set 2622 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512). The purpose of 2623 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that 2624 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in 2625 ** that range. But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero 2626 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector 2627 ** size. For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format, 2628 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512. 2629 */ 2630 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){ 2631 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 2632 2633 if( pPager->tempFile 2634 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) & 2635 SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0 2636 ){ 2637 /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file 2638 ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize() 2639 ** call will segfault. */ 2640 pPager->sectorSize = 512; 2641 }else{ 2642 pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd); 2643 } 2644 } 2645 2646 /* 2647 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to 2648 ** the state it was in before we started making changes. 2649 ** 2650 ** The journal file format is as follows: 2651 ** 2652 ** (1) 8 byte prefix. A copy of aJournalMagic[]. 2653 ** (2) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records 2654 ** in the journal. If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the 2655 ** number of page records from the journal size. 2656 ** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the 2657 ** sanity checksum. 2658 ** (4) 4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the 2659 ** database to during a rollback. 2660 ** (5) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size. The header 2661 ** is this many bytes in size. 2662 ** (6) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size. 2663 ** (7) zero padding out to the next sector size. 2664 ** (8) Zero or more pages instances, each as follows: 2665 ** + 4 byte page number. 2666 ** + pPager->pageSize bytes of data. 2667 ** + 4 byte checksum 2668 ** 2669 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above. 2670 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item. 2671 ** 2672 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec". nRec is the number of 2673 ** valid page entries in the journal. In most cases, you can compute the 2674 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file. But if a power 2675 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the 2676 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but 2677 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk. In such a case, 2678 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large. For 2679 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header. 2680 ** 2681 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed 2682 ** from the file size. This value is used when the user selects the 2683 ** no-sync option for the journal. A power failure could lead to corruption 2684 ** in this case. But for things like temporary table (which will be 2685 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care. 2686 ** 2687 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed 2688 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled 2689 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file 2690 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had 2691 ** been encountered. 2692 ** 2693 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted 2694 ** and an error code is returned. 2695 ** 2696 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal 2697 ** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is 2698 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE. 2699 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling 2700 ** back any content. If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is 2701 ** needed. 2702 */ 2703 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){ 2704 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 2705 i64 szJ; /* Size of the journal file in bytes */ 2706 u32 nRec; /* Number of Records in the journal */ 2707 u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ 2708 Pgno mxPg = 0; /* Size of the original file in pages */ 2709 int rc; /* Result code of a subroutine */ 2710 int res = 1; /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */ 2711 char *zMaster = 0; /* Name of master journal file if any */ 2712 int needPagerReset; /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */ 2713 int nPlayback = 0; /* Total number of pages restored from journal */ 2714 2715 /* Figure out how many records are in the journal. Abort early if 2716 ** the journal is empty. 2717 */ 2718 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 2719 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ); 2720 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2721 goto end_playback; 2722 } 2723 2724 /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present. 2725 ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not 2726 ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be 2727 ** played back. 2728 ** 2729 ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that 2730 ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that 2731 ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c, 2732 ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value 2733 ** for pageSize. 2734 */ 2735 zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2736 rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); 2737 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){ 2738 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res); 2739 } 2740 zMaster = 0; 2741 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){ 2742 goto end_playback; 2743 } 2744 pPager->journalOff = 0; 2745 needPagerReset = isHot; 2746 2747 /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or 2748 ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error 2749 ** occurs. 2750 */ 2751 while( 1 ){ 2752 /* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are 2753 ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or 2754 ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it. 2755 ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back. 2756 */ 2757 rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg); 2758 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2759 if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ 2760 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2761 } 2762 goto end_playback; 2763 } 2764 2765 /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process 2766 ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal 2767 ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute 2768 ** the value of nRec based on this assumption. 2769 */ 2770 if( nRec==0xffffffff ){ 2771 assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); 2772 nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 2773 } 2774 2775 /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this 2776 ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means 2777 ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been 2778 ** synced to disk. Compute the number of pages based on the remaining 2779 ** size of the file. 2780 ** 2781 ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565. 2782 ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next 2783 ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back. But 2784 ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in 2785 ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional 2786 ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages 2787 ** should be computed based on the journal file size. 2788 */ 2789 if( nRec==0 && !isHot && 2790 pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){ 2791 nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 2792 } 2793 2794 /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the 2795 ** database file back to its original size. 2796 */ 2797 if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ 2798 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg); 2799 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2800 goto end_playback; 2801 } 2802 pPager->dbSize = mxPg; 2803 } 2804 2805 /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the 2806 ** database file and/or page cache. 2807 */ 2808 for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){ 2809 if( needPagerReset ){ 2810 pager_reset(pPager); 2811 needPagerReset = 0; 2812 } 2813 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0); 2814 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2815 nPlayback++; 2816 }else{ 2817 if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ 2818 pPager->journalOff = szJ; 2819 break; 2820 }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 2821 /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and 2822 ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was 2823 ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash. In that 2824 ** case, the database should have never been written in the 2825 ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */ 2826 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2827 goto end_playback; 2828 }else{ 2829 /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error 2830 ** code. This will cause the pager to enter the error state 2831 ** so that no further harm will be done. Perhaps the next 2832 ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database. 2833 */ 2834 goto end_playback; 2835 } 2836 } 2837 } 2838 } 2839 /*NOTREACHED*/ 2840 assert( 0 ); 2841 2842 end_playback: 2843 /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original 2844 ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the 2845 ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the 2846 ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified. 2847 */ 2848 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 2849 if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){ 2850 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0); 2851 } 2852 #endif 2853 2854 /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or 2855 ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but 2856 ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter 2857 ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive 2858 ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not 2859 ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency 2860 ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just 2861 ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now. 2862 */ 2863 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 2864 2865 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2866 zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2867 rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); 2868 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2869 } 2870 if( rc==SQLITE_OK 2871 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2872 ){ 2873 rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0); 2874 } 2875 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2876 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0); 2877 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2878 } 2879 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){ 2880 /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success, 2881 ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal. 2882 */ 2883 rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster); 2884 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2885 } 2886 if( isHot && nPlayback ){ 2887 sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s", 2888 nPlayback, pPager->zJournal); 2889 } 2890 2891 /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling 2892 ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size 2893 ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process. 2894 */ 2895 setSectorSize(pPager); 2896 return rc; 2897 } 2898 2899 2900 /* 2901 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into 2902 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database 2903 ** file before this function is called. 2904 ** 2905 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to 2906 ** the value read from the database file. 2907 ** 2908 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller. 2909 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. 2910 */ 2911 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg, u32 iFrame){ 2912 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */ 2913 Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; /* Page number to read */ 2914 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 2915 int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */ 2916 2917 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB ); 2918 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 2919 2920 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 2921 if( iFrame ){ 2922 /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */ 2923 rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame, pgsz, pPg->pData); 2924 }else 2925 #endif 2926 { 2927 i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; 2928 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset); 2929 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 2930 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2931 } 2932 } 2933 2934 if( pgno==1 ){ 2935 if( rc ){ 2936 /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something 2937 ** that will never be a valid file version. dbFileVers[] is a copy 2938 ** of bytes 24..39 of the database. Bytes 28..31 should always be 2939 ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39 2940 ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff. So filling 2941 ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice. 2942 ** 2943 ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex: bytes 2944 ** 24..39 of the database are white noise. But the probability of 2945 ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so 2946 ** we should still be ok. 2947 */ 2948 memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 2949 }else{ 2950 u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24]; 2951 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 2952 } 2953 } 2954 CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); 2955 2956 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count); 2957 PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead); 2958 IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 2959 PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", 2960 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg))); 2961 2962 return rc; 2963 } 2964 2965 /* 2966 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in 2967 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96. 2968 ** 2969 ** This is an unconditional update. See also the pager_incr_changecounter() 2970 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually 2971 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable. 2972 */ 2973 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){ 2974 u32 change_counter; 2975 2976 /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */ 2977 change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1; 2978 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter); 2979 2980 /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in 2981 ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number 2982 ** is valid. */ 2983 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter); 2984 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER); 2985 } 2986 2987 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 2988 /* 2989 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been 2990 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back. 2991 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument 2992 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure. 2993 ** 2994 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references, 2995 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding 2996 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the 2997 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails, 2998 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 2999 */ 3000 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){ 3001 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3002 Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx; 3003 PgHdr *pPg; 3004 3005 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3006 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg); 3007 if( pPg ){ 3008 if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){ 3009 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); 3010 }else{ 3011 u32 iFrame = 0; 3012 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame); 3013 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3014 rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame); 3015 } 3016 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3017 pPager->xReiniter(pPg); 3018 } 3019 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); 3020 } 3021 } 3022 3023 /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are 3024 ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the 3025 ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as 3026 ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one 3027 ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore 3028 ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction, 3029 ** the backups must be restarted. 3030 */ 3031 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 3032 3033 return rc; 3034 } 3035 3036 /* 3037 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database. 3038 */ 3039 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){ 3040 int rc; /* Return Code */ 3041 PgHdr *pList; /* List of dirty pages to revert */ 3042 3043 /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already 3044 ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the 3045 ** following: 3046 ** 3047 ** + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or 3048 ** + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0). 3049 */ 3050 pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize; 3051 rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager); 3052 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 3053 while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3054 PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty; 3055 rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno); 3056 pList = pNext; 3057 } 3058 3059 return rc; 3060 } 3061 3062 /* 3063 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging 3064 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty), 3065 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have 3066 ** changed. 3067 ** 3068 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number. 3069 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page. 3070 */ 3071 static int pagerWalFrames( 3072 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 3073 PgHdr *pList, /* List of frames to log */ 3074 Pgno nTruncate, /* Database size after this commit */ 3075 int isCommit /* True if this is a commit */ 3076 ){ 3077 int rc; /* Return code */ 3078 int nList; /* Number of pages in pList */ 3079 PgHdr *p; /* For looping over pages */ 3080 3081 assert( pPager->pWal ); 3082 assert( pList ); 3083 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 3084 /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */ 3085 for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){ 3086 assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno ); 3087 } 3088 #endif 3089 3090 assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit ); 3091 if( isCommit ){ 3092 /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing 3093 ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file. 3094 ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty 3095 ** list here. */ 3096 PgHdr **ppNext = &pList; 3097 nList = 0; 3098 for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){ 3099 if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){ 3100 ppNext = &p->pDirty; 3101 nList++; 3102 } 3103 } 3104 assert( pList ); 3105 }else{ 3106 nList = 1; 3107 } 3108 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList; 3109 3110 if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); 3111 rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal, 3112 pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags 3113 ); 3114 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){ 3115 for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ 3116 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData); 3117 } 3118 } 3119 3120 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 3121 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 3122 for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ 3123 pager_set_pagehash(p); 3124 } 3125 #endif 3126 3127 return rc; 3128 } 3129 3130 /* 3131 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL. 3132 ** 3133 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially 3134 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves 3135 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by 3136 ** other writers or checkpointers. 3137 */ 3138 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){ 3139 int rc; /* Return code */ 3140 int changed = 0; /* True if cache must be reset */ 3141 3142 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3143 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 3144 3145 /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous 3146 ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. So call it now. If we 3147 ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called, 3148 ** the duplicate call is harmless. 3149 */ 3150 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); 3151 3152 rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed); 3153 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){ 3154 pager_reset(pPager); 3155 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 3156 } 3157 3158 return rc; 3159 } 3160 #endif 3161 3162 /* 3163 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN 3164 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file 3165 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize). 3166 ** 3167 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database 3168 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps 3169 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified. 3170 */ 3171 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){ 3172 Pgno nPage; /* Value to return via *pnPage */ 3173 3174 /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize() 3175 ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or 3176 ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not 3177 ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or 3178 ** contains no valid committed transactions. 3179 */ 3180 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 3181 assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 3182 nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal); 3183 3184 /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the 3185 ** WAL sub-system, determine the page counte based on the size of 3186 ** the database file. If the size of the database file is not an 3187 ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result. 3188 */ 3189 if( nPage==0 ){ 3190 i64 n = 0; /* Size of db file in bytes */ 3191 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 3192 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3193 int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n); 3194 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 3195 return rc; 3196 } 3197 } 3198 nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize); 3199 } 3200 3201 /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the 3202 ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so 3203 ** that the file can be read. 3204 */ 3205 if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){ 3206 pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage; 3207 } 3208 3209 *pnPage = nPage; 3210 return SQLITE_OK; 3211 } 3212 3213 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 3214 /* 3215 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager 3216 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does 3217 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty. 3218 ** 3219 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager 3220 ** in WAL mode. If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and 3221 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to 3222 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL. 3223 ** 3224 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code. 3225 ** 3226 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this 3227 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete 3228 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition 3229 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some 3230 ** other connection. 3231 */ 3232 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){ 3233 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3234 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 3235 assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 3236 3237 if( !pPager->tempFile ){ 3238 int isWal; /* True if WAL file exists */ 3239 Pgno nPage; /* Size of the database file */ 3240 3241 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); 3242 if( rc ) return rc; 3243 if( nPage==0 ){ 3244 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0); 3245 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 3246 isWal = 0; 3247 }else{ 3248 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 3249 pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal 3250 ); 3251 } 3252 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3253 if( isWal ){ 3254 testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); 3255 rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0); 3256 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ 3257 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE; 3258 } 3259 } 3260 } 3261 return rc; 3262 } 3263 #endif 3264 3265 /* 3266 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback 3267 ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when 3268 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction 3269 ** savepoint. 3270 ** 3271 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is 3272 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages, 3273 ** performed in the order specified: 3274 ** 3275 ** * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte 3276 ** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to 3277 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal 3278 ** file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero. 3279 ** 3280 ** * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played 3281 ** back starting from the journal header immediately following 3282 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file. 3283 ** 3284 ** * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting 3285 ** with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of 3286 ** the journal file. 3287 ** 3288 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the 3289 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the 3290 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only 3291 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal. 3292 ** 3293 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main 3294 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case. 3295 ** 3296 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable 3297 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint 3298 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value 3299 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped. 3300 */ 3301 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){ 3302 i64 szJ; /* Effective size of the main journal */ 3303 i64 iHdrOff; /* End of first segment of main-journal records */ 3304 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 3305 Bitvec *pDone = 0; /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */ 3306 3307 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 3308 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 3309 3310 /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */ 3311 if( pSavepoint ){ 3312 pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig); 3313 if( !pDone ){ 3314 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 3315 } 3316 } 3317 3318 /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint 3319 ** being reverted was opened. 3320 */ 3321 pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize; 3322 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 3323 3324 if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3325 return pagerRollbackWal(pPager); 3326 } 3327 3328 /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback 3329 ** journal. The actual file might be larger than this in 3330 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST. But anything 3331 ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us. 3332 */ 3333 szJ = pPager->journalOff; 3334 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 ); 3335 3336 /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at 3337 ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header. 3338 ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number 3339 ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those 3340 ** will be skipped automatically. Pages are added to pDone as they 3341 ** are played back. 3342 */ 3343 if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3344 iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ; 3345 pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset; 3346 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){ 3347 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1); 3348 } 3349 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3350 }else{ 3351 pPager->journalOff = 0; 3352 } 3353 3354 /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at 3355 ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end 3356 ** of the main journal file. Continue to skip out-of-range pages and 3357 ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone. 3358 */ 3359 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){ 3360 u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ 3361 u32 nJRec = 0; /* Number of Journal Records */ 3362 u32 dummy; 3363 rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy); 3364 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3365 3366 /* 3367 ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff" 3368 ** test is related to ticket #2565. See the discussion in the 3369 ** pager_playback() function for additional information. 3370 */ 3371 if( nJRec==0 3372 && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff 3373 ){ 3374 nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 3375 } 3376 for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){ 3377 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1); 3378 } 3379 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3380 } 3381 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ ); 3382 3383 /* Finally, rollback pages from the sub-journal. Page that were 3384 ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone) 3385 ** will be skipped. Out-of-range pages are also skipped. 3386 */ 3387 if( pSavepoint ){ 3388 u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ 3389 i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); 3390 3391 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3392 rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData); 3393 } 3394 for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){ 3395 assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) ); 3396 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1); 3397 } 3398 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3399 } 3400 3401 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone); 3402 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3403 pPager->journalOff = szJ; 3404 } 3405 3406 return rc; 3407 } 3408 3409 /* 3410 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed 3411 ** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages. 3412 */ 3413 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3414 sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage); 3415 } 3416 3417 /* 3418 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed 3419 ** before attempting to spill pages to journal. 3420 */ 3421 int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3422 return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage); 3423 } 3424 3425 /* 3426 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap. 3427 */ 3428 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){ 3429 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 3430 sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd; 3431 if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){ 3432 sqlite3_int64 sz; 3433 sz = pPager->szMmap; 3434 pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0); 3435 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz); 3436 } 3437 #endif 3438 } 3439 3440 /* 3441 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file. 3442 */ 3443 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){ 3444 pPager->szMmap = szMmap; 3445 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 3446 } 3447 3448 /* 3449 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager. 3450 */ 3451 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){ 3452 sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache); 3453 } 3454 3455 /* 3456 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter. 3457 ** 3458 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness 3459 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by 3460 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals. 3461 ** There are three levels: 3462 ** 3463 ** OFF sqlite3OsSync() is never called. This is the default 3464 ** for temporary and transient files. 3465 ** 3466 ** NORMAL The journal is synced once before writes begin on the 3467 ** database. This is normally adequate protection, but 3468 ** it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely, 3469 ** that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal 3470 ** in a state which would cause damage to the database 3471 ** when it is rolled back. 3472 ** 3473 ** FULL The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the 3474 ** database (with some additional information - the nRec field 3475 ** of the journal header - being written in between the two 3476 ** syncs). If we assume that writing a 3477 ** single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides 3478 ** assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the 3479 ** point of causing damage to the database during rollback. 3480 ** 3481 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode. For WAL mode, OFF continues 3482 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur. NORMAL means that the WAL is synced 3483 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced 3484 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL 3485 ** was written back into the database. But no sync operations occur for 3486 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL. FULL means that the WAL 3487 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the 3488 ** syncs associated with NORMAL. 3489 ** 3490 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL. The 3491 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync 3492 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC). SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an 3493 ** ordinary fsync() call. There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL 3494 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX. But the 3495 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when 3496 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms. 3497 ** 3498 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2, 3499 ** and FULL=3. 3500 */ 3501 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS 3502 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags( 3503 Pager *pPager, /* The pager to set safety level for */ 3504 unsigned pgFlags /* Various flags */ 3505 ){ 3506 unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK; 3507 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 3508 pPager->noSync = 1; 3509 pPager->fullSync = 0; 3510 pPager->extraSync = 0; 3511 }else{ 3512 pPager->noSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF ?1:0; 3513 pPager->fullSync = level>=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL ?1:0; 3514 pPager->extraSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA ?1:0; 3515 } 3516 if( pPager->noSync ){ 3517 pPager->syncFlags = 0; 3518 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = 0; 3519 }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){ 3520 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; 3521 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; 3522 }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC ){ 3523 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 3524 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; 3525 }else{ 3526 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 3527 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 3528 } 3529 pPager->walSyncFlags = pPager->syncFlags; 3530 if( pPager->fullSync ){ 3531 pPager->walSyncFlags |= WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS; 3532 } 3533 if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){ 3534 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF; 3535 }else{ 3536 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF; 3537 } 3538 } 3539 #endif 3540 3541 /* 3542 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library 3543 ** attempts to open a temporary file. This information is used for 3544 ** testing and analysis only. 3545 */ 3546 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3547 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0; 3548 #endif 3549 3550 /* 3551 ** Open a temporary file. 3552 ** 3553 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success 3554 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically 3555 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed. 3556 ** 3557 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified 3558 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following: 3559 ** 3560 ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 3561 ** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE 3562 ** SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 3563 ** SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE 3564 */ 3565 static int pagerOpentemp( 3566 Pager *pPager, /* The pager object */ 3567 sqlite3_file *pFile, /* Write the file descriptor here */ 3568 int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to the VFS */ 3569 ){ 3570 int rc; /* Return code */ 3571 3572 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3573 sqlite3_opentemp_count++; /* Used for testing and analysis only */ 3574 #endif 3575 3576 vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | 3577 SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; 3578 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0); 3579 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) ); 3580 return rc; 3581 } 3582 3583 /* 3584 ** Set the busy handler function. 3585 ** 3586 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns 3587 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock, 3588 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE 3589 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from 3590 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE 3591 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary: 3592 ** 3593 ** Transition | Invokes xBusyHandler 3594 ** -------------------------------------------------------- 3595 ** NO_LOCK -> SHARED_LOCK | Yes 3596 ** SHARED_LOCK -> RESERVED_LOCK | No 3597 ** SHARED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | No 3598 ** RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | Yes 3599 ** 3600 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is 3601 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is 3602 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function. 3603 */ 3604 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler( 3605 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 3606 int (*xBusyHandler)(void *), /* Pointer to busy-handler function */ 3607 void *pBusyHandlerArg /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */ 3608 ){ 3609 pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler; 3610 pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg; 3611 3612 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3613 void **ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler; 3614 assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler ); 3615 assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg ); 3616 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap); 3617 } 3618 } 3619 3620 /* 3621 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size 3622 ** is passed in *pPageSize. 3623 ** 3624 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it 3625 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e. 3626 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL). 3627 ** 3628 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true: 3629 ** 3630 ** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power 3631 ** of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and 3632 ** 3633 ** * there are no outstanding page references, and 3634 ** 3635 ** * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is 3636 ** an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages. 3637 ** 3638 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize. 3639 ** 3640 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc() 3641 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt 3642 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged. 3643 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned. 3644 ** 3645 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated 3646 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this 3647 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed, 3648 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning. 3649 */ 3650 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){ 3651 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3652 3653 /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this 3654 ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state 3655 ** of the Pager object is internally consistent. 3656 ** 3657 ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in 3658 ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that 3659 ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function 3660 ** is a no-op for that case anyhow. 3661 */ 3662 3663 u32 pageSize = *pPageSize; 3664 assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) ); 3665 if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0) 3666 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 3667 && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize 3668 ){ 3669 char *pNew = NULL; /* New temp space */ 3670 i64 nByte = 0; 3671 3672 if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3673 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte); 3674 } 3675 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3676 pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize); 3677 if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 3678 } 3679 3680 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3681 pager_reset(pPager); 3682 rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize); 3683 } 3684 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3685 sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); 3686 pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew; 3687 pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize); 3688 pPager->pageSize = pageSize; 3689 }else{ 3690 sqlite3PageFree(pNew); 3691 } 3692 } 3693 3694 *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize; 3695 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3696 if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve; 3697 assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 ); 3698 pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve; 3699 pagerReportSize(pPager); 3700 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 3701 } 3702 return rc; 3703 } 3704 3705 /* 3706 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally 3707 ** by the pager. This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the 3708 ** entire content of a database page. This buffer is used internally 3709 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback 3710 ** occurs. But other modules are free to use it too, as long as 3711 ** no rollbacks are happening. 3712 */ 3713 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){ 3714 return pPager->pTmpSpace; 3715 } 3716 3717 /* 3718 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. 3719 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative. And never reduce the 3720 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database. 3721 ** 3722 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count. 3723 */ 3724 int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3725 if( mxPage>0 ){ 3726 pPager->mxPgno = mxPage; 3727 } 3728 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */ 3729 assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize ); /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */ 3730 return pPager->mxPgno; 3731 } 3732 3733 /* 3734 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated 3735 ** I/O error mechanism. These routines are used to avoid simulated 3736 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors. 3737 ** 3738 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops 3739 ** and generate no code. 3740 */ 3741 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3742 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending; 3743 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit; 3744 static int saved_cnt; 3745 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){ 3746 saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending; 3747 sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1; 3748 } 3749 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){ 3750 sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt; 3751 } 3752 #else 3753 # define disable_simulated_io_errors() 3754 # define enable_simulated_io_errors() 3755 #endif 3756 3757 /* 3758 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory 3759 ** that pDest points to. 3760 ** 3761 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or 3762 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is 3763 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this 3764 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or 3765 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes. 3766 ** 3767 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered, 3768 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the 3769 ** output buffer undefined. 3770 */ 3771 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){ 3772 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3773 memset(pDest, 0, N); 3774 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 3775 3776 /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating 3777 ** the Pager object. There has not been an opportunity to transition 3778 ** to WAL mode yet. 3779 */ 3780 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3781 3782 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3783 IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N)) 3784 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0); 3785 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 3786 rc = SQLITE_OK; 3787 } 3788 } 3789 return rc; 3790 } 3791 3792 /* 3793 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on 3794 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database. 3795 ** 3796 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then 3797 ** this is considered a 1 page file. 3798 */ 3799 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){ 3800 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 3801 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ); 3802 *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize; 3803 } 3804 3805 3806 /* 3807 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If 3808 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op 3809 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately). 3810 ** 3811 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke 3812 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat 3813 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to 3814 ** obtain the lock succeeds. 3815 ** 3816 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain 3817 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state 3818 ** variable to locktype before returning. 3819 */ 3820 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){ 3821 int rc; /* Return code */ 3822 3823 /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is 3824 ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler 3825 ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above 3826 ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(). 3827 */ 3828 assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype) 3829 || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK) 3830 || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) 3831 ); 3832 3833 do { 3834 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype); 3835 }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) ); 3836 return rc; 3837 } 3838 3839 /* 3840 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the 3841 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache: 3842 ** 3843 ** a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the 3844 ** current database image, in pages, OR 3845 ** 3846 ** b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not 3847 ** be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal 3848 ** (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()). 3849 ** 3850 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the 3851 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress() 3852 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to 3853 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after 3854 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current 3855 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either 3856 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and 3857 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the 3858 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that 3859 ** this circumstance cannot arise. 3860 */ 3861 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) 3862 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){ 3863 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 3864 assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize ); 3865 } 3866 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){ 3867 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb); 3868 } 3869 #else 3870 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) 3871 #endif 3872 3873 /* 3874 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This 3875 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It 3876 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the 3877 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed. 3878 ** 3879 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction. 3880 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be 3881 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and 3882 ** then continue writing to the database. 3883 */ 3884 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ 3885 assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage ); 3886 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); 3887 pPager->dbSize = nPage; 3888 3889 /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to 3890 ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are, 3891 ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint 3892 ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled 3893 ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only 3894 ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the 3895 ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0), 3896 ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call 3897 ** is no longer correct. */ 3898 } 3899 3900 3901 /* 3902 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It 3903 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the 3904 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows 3905 ** that the entire journal file has been synced. 3906 ** 3907 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures 3908 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that 3909 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal 3910 ** content as this process. 3911 ** 3912 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, 3913 ** an SQLite error code. 3914 */ 3915 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){ 3916 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3917 if( !pPager->noSync ){ 3918 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL); 3919 } 3920 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3921 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr); 3922 } 3923 return rc; 3924 } 3925 3926 /* 3927 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno. 3928 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch(). 3929 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference 3930 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set 3931 ** *ppPage to zero. 3932 ** 3933 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released 3934 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage(). 3935 */ 3936 static int pagerAcquireMapPage( 3937 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 3938 Pgno pgno, /* Page number */ 3939 void *pData, /* xFetch()'d data for this page */ 3940 PgHdr **ppPage /* OUT: Acquired page object */ 3941 ){ 3942 PgHdr *p; /* Memory mapped page to return */ 3943 3944 if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){ 3945 *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist; 3946 pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty; 3947 p->pDirty = 0; 3948 memset(p->pExtra, 0, pPager->nExtra); 3949 }else{ 3950 *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra); 3951 if( p==0 ){ 3952 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData); 3953 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 3954 } 3955 p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1]; 3956 p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP; 3957 p->nRef = 1; 3958 p->pPager = pPager; 3959 } 3960 3961 assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] ); 3962 assert( p->pPage==0 ); 3963 assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP ); 3964 assert( p->pPager==pPager ); 3965 assert( p->nRef==1 ); 3966 3967 p->pgno = pgno; 3968 p->pData = pData; 3969 pPager->nMmapOut++; 3970 3971 return SQLITE_OK; 3972 } 3973 3974 /* 3975 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an 3976 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage(). 3977 */ 3978 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 3979 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 3980 pPager->nMmapOut--; 3981 pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist; 3982 pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg; 3983 3984 assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ); 3985 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData); 3986 } 3987 3988 /* 3989 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list. 3990 */ 3991 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){ 3992 PgHdr *p; 3993 PgHdr *pNext; 3994 for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){ 3995 pNext = p->pDirty; 3996 sqlite3_free(p); 3997 } 3998 } 3999 4000 4001 /* 4002 ** Shutdown the page cache. Free all memory and close all files. 4003 ** 4004 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that 4005 ** transaction is rolled back. All outstanding pages are invalidated 4006 ** and their memory is freed. Any attempt to use a page associated 4007 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely 4008 ** result in a coredump. 4009 ** 4010 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt 4011 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback 4012 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned 4013 ** to the caller. 4014 */ 4015 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){ 4016 u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace; 4017 4018 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4019 disable_simulated_io_errors(); 4020 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 4021 pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager); 4022 /* pPager->errCode = 0; */ 4023 pPager->exclusiveMode = 0; 4024 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4025 sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, pTmp); 4026 pPager->pWal = 0; 4027 #endif 4028 pager_reset(pPager); 4029 if( MEMDB ){ 4030 pager_unlock(pPager); 4031 }else{ 4032 /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback. 4033 ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal 4034 ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs 4035 ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt. 4036 ** 4037 ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager 4038 ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the 4039 ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it 4040 ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal 4041 ** rollback before accessing the database file. 4042 */ 4043 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 4044 pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager)); 4045 } 4046 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); 4047 } 4048 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 4049 enable_simulated_io_errors(); 4050 PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4051 IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager)) 4052 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 4053 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); 4054 sqlite3PageFree(pTmp); 4055 sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache); 4056 4057 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 4058 if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); 4059 #endif 4060 4061 assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal ); 4062 assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ); 4063 4064 sqlite3_free(pPager); 4065 return SQLITE_OK; 4066 } 4067 4068 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) 4069 /* 4070 ** Return the page number for page pPg. 4071 */ 4072 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){ 4073 return pPg->pgno; 4074 } 4075 #endif 4076 4077 /* 4078 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg. 4079 */ 4080 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){ 4081 sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg); 4082 } 4083 4084 /* 4085 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have 4086 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the 4087 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback. 4088 ** 4089 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op. 4090 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the 4091 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows: 4092 ** 4093 ** * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need 4094 ** be taken. 4095 ** 4096 ** * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property, 4097 ** then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header 4098 ** is updated to contain the number of journal records that have 4099 ** been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync 4100 ** mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated. 4101 ** 4102 ** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then 4103 ** journal file is synced. 4104 ** 4105 ** Or, in pseudo-code: 4106 ** 4107 ** if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){ 4108 ** if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){ 4109 ** if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>); 4110 ** <update nRec field> 4111 ** } 4112 ** if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>); 4113 ** } 4114 ** 4115 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every 4116 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO 4117 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller. 4118 */ 4119 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){ 4120 int rc; /* Return code */ 4121 4122 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 4123 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4124 ); 4125 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4126 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4127 4128 rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 4129 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4130 4131 if( !pPager->noSync ){ 4132 assert( !pPager->tempFile ); 4133 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ 4134 const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 4135 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 4136 4137 if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ 4138 /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection 4139 ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal 4140 ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger 4141 ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal 4142 ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the 4143 ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure 4144 ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes 4145 ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its 4146 ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the 4147 ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all 4148 ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old, 4149 ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption. 4150 ** 4151 ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain 4152 ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00 4153 ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized. 4154 ** 4155 ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this 4156 ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used 4157 ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of 4158 ** the potential journal header. 4159 */ 4160 i64 iNextHdrOffset; 4161 u8 aMagic[8]; 4162 u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4]; 4163 4164 memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); 4165 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec); 4166 4167 iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 4168 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset); 4169 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){ 4170 static const u8 zerobyte = 0; 4171 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset); 4172 } 4173 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 4174 return rc; 4175 } 4176 4177 /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in 4178 ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that 4179 ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark 4180 ** it as a candidate for rollback. 4181 ** 4182 ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the 4183 ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible 4184 ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field 4185 ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written 4186 ** and never needs to be updated. 4187 */ 4188 if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ 4189 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4190 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 4191 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags); 4192 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4193 } 4194 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr)); 4195 rc = sqlite3OsWrite( 4196 pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr 4197 ); 4198 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4199 } 4200 if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ 4201 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4202 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 4203 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags| 4204 (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0) 4205 ); 4206 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4207 } 4208 4209 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; 4210 if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ 4211 pPager->nRec = 0; 4212 rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); 4213 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4214 } 4215 }else{ 4216 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; 4217 } 4218 } 4219 4220 /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just 4221 ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on 4222 ** all pages. 4223 */ 4224 sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache); 4225 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD; 4226 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4227 return SQLITE_OK; 4228 } 4229 4230 /* 4231 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected 4232 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the 4233 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may 4234 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is 4235 ** a no-op. 4236 ** 4237 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function 4238 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock 4239 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained, 4240 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file. 4241 ** 4242 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file 4243 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is 4244 ** written out. 4245 ** 4246 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened, 4247 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing 4248 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria: 4249 ** 4250 ** * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or 4251 ** * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page. 4252 ** 4253 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize 4254 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached 4255 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in 4256 ** the database file. 4257 ** 4258 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 4259 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot 4260 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned. 4261 */ 4262 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){ 4263 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4264 4265 /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */ 4266 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4267 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); 4268 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 4269 4270 /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It 4271 ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch 4272 ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files. 4273 */ 4274 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 4275 assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK ); 4276 rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags); 4277 } 4278 4279 /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final 4280 ** file size will be. 4281 */ 4282 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 4283 if( rc==SQLITE_OK 4284 && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize 4285 && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize) 4286 ){ 4287 sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize; 4288 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile); 4289 pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; 4290 } 4291 4292 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){ 4293 Pgno pgno = pList->pgno; 4294 4295 /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater 4296 ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to 4297 ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write 4298 ** any such pages to the file. 4299 ** 4300 ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag 4301 ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()). 4302 */ 4303 if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){ 4304 i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; /* Offset to write */ 4305 char *pData; /* Data to write */ 4306 4307 assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); 4308 if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); 4309 4310 /* Encode the database */ 4311 CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData); 4312 4313 /* Write out the page data. */ 4314 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset); 4315 4316 /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match 4317 ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this 4318 ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize. 4319 */ 4320 if( pgno==1 ){ 4321 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 4322 } 4323 if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 4324 pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; 4325 } 4326 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; 4327 4328 /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */ 4329 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData); 4330 4331 PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", 4332 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList))); 4333 IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 4334 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count); 4335 }else{ 4336 PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno)); 4337 } 4338 pager_set_pagehash(pList); 4339 pList = pList->pDirty; 4340 } 4341 4342 return rc; 4343 } 4344 4345 /* 4346 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this 4347 ** function is a no-op. 4348 ** 4349 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An 4350 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen() 4351 ** fails. 4352 */ 4353 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){ 4354 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4355 if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ 4356 if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){ 4357 sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->sjfd); 4358 }else{ 4359 rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->sjfd, SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL); 4360 } 4361 } 4362 return rc; 4363 } 4364 4365 /* 4366 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal. 4367 ** 4368 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs 4369 ** for all open savepoints before returning. 4370 ** 4371 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO 4372 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or 4373 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint 4374 ** bitvec. 4375 */ 4376 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 4377 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4378 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 4379 if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 4380 4381 /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */ 4382 assert( pPager->useJournal ); 4383 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4384 assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 ); 4385 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) 4386 || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) 4387 || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize 4388 ); 4389 rc = openSubJournal(pPager); 4390 4391 /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open), 4392 ** write the journal record into the file. */ 4393 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4394 void *pData = pPg->pData; 4395 i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); 4396 char *pData2; 4397 4398 CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2); 4399 PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); 4400 rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno); 4401 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4402 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4); 4403 } 4404 } 4405 } 4406 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4407 pPager->nSubRec++; 4408 assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ); 4409 rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); 4410 } 4411 return rc; 4412 } 4413 static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){ 4414 if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){ 4415 return subjournalPage(pPg); 4416 }else{ 4417 return SQLITE_OK; 4418 } 4419 } 4420 4421 /* 4422 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some 4423 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object 4424 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory 4425 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is 4426 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page 4427 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first 4428 ** argument. 4429 ** 4430 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents 4431 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the 4432 ** journal file. 4433 ** 4434 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and 4435 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the 4436 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be 4437 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK 4438 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called. 4439 */ 4440 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){ 4441 Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p; 4442 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4443 4444 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); 4445 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 4446 4447 /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of 4448 ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed. This occurs 4449 ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple 4450 ** pages belonging to the same sector. 4451 ** 4452 ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling 4453 ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required. This is set during 4454 ** a rollback or by user request, respectively. 4455 ** 4456 ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could 4457 ** lead to database corruption. In the current implementation it 4458 ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3 4459 ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to 4460 ** be called in the error state. Nevertheless, we include a NEVER() 4461 ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes. 4462 */ 4463 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK; 4464 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK ); 4465 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF ); 4466 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC ); 4467 if( pPager->doNotSpill 4468 && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0 4469 || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0) 4470 ){ 4471 return SQLITE_OK; 4472 } 4473 4474 pPg->pDirty = 0; 4475 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 4476 /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */ 4477 rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 4478 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4479 rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0); 4480 } 4481 }else{ 4482 4483 /* Sync the journal file if required. */ 4484 if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 4485 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 4486 ){ 4487 rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1); 4488 } 4489 4490 /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */ 4491 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4492 assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); 4493 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg); 4494 } 4495 } 4496 4497 /* Mark the page as clean. */ 4498 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4499 PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); 4500 sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg); 4501 } 4502 4503 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 4504 } 4505 4506 /* 4507 ** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk. 4508 */ 4509 int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){ 4510 int rc = pPager->errCode; 4511 if( !MEMDB ){ 4512 PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 4513 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4514 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){ 4515 PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty; 4516 if( pList->nRef==0 ){ 4517 rc = pagerStress((void*)pPager, pList); 4518 } 4519 pList = pNext; 4520 } 4521 } 4522 4523 return rc; 4524 } 4525 4526 /* 4527 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it 4528 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it 4529 ** to sqlite3PagerClose(). 4530 ** 4531 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open. 4532 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created 4533 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted 4534 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then 4535 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk. 4536 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database. 4537 ** 4538 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated 4539 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user 4540 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API. 4541 ** 4542 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the 4543 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination 4544 ** of the PAGER_* flags. 4545 ** 4546 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter 4547 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files. 4548 ** 4549 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened 4550 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to 4551 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL 4552 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM 4553 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or 4554 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors. 4555 */ 4556 int sqlite3PagerOpen( 4557 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The virtual file system to use */ 4558 Pager **ppPager, /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */ 4559 const char *zFilename, /* Name of the database file to open */ 4560 int nExtra, /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */ 4561 int flags, /* flags controlling this file */ 4562 int vfsFlags, /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ 4563 void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */ 4564 ){ 4565 u8 *pPtr; 4566 Pager *pPager = 0; /* Pager object to allocate and return */ 4567 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4568 int tempFile = 0; /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */ 4569 int memDb = 0; /* True if this is an in-memory file */ 4570 int readOnly = 0; /* True if this is a read-only file */ 4571 int journalFileSize; /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */ 4572 char *zPathname = 0; /* Full path to database file */ 4573 int nPathname = 0; /* Number of bytes in zPathname */ 4574 int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */ 4575 int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize(); /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */ 4576 u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; /* Default page size */ 4577 const char *zUri = 0; /* URI args to copy */ 4578 int nUri = 0; /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */ 4579 4580 /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle 4581 ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). This 4582 ** is the maximum space required for an in-memory journal file handle 4583 ** and a regular journal file-handle. Note that a "regular journal-handle" 4584 ** may be a wrapper capable of caching the first portion of the journal 4585 ** file in memory to implement the atomic-write optimization (see 4586 ** source file journal.c). 4587 */ 4588 if( sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)>sqlite3MemJournalSize() ){ 4589 journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)); 4590 }else{ 4591 journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3MemJournalSize()); 4592 } 4593 4594 /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */ 4595 *ppPager = 0; 4596 4597 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB 4598 if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){ 4599 memDb = 1; 4600 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4601 zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename); 4602 if( zPathname==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4603 nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); 4604 zFilename = 0; 4605 } 4606 } 4607 #endif 4608 4609 /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed 4610 ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file, 4611 ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0. 4612 */ 4613 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4614 const char *z; 4615 nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1; 4616 zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2); 4617 if( zPathname==0 ){ 4618 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4619 } 4620 zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */ 4621 rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname); 4622 nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); 4623 z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1]; 4624 while( *z ){ 4625 z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1; 4626 z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1; 4627 } 4628 nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri); 4629 assert( nUri>=0 ); 4630 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){ 4631 /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by 4632 ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname 4633 ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened, 4634 ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even 4635 ** check for a hot-journal before reading. 4636 */ 4637 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; 4638 } 4639 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4640 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4641 return rc; 4642 } 4643 } 4644 4645 /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the 4646 ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal 4647 ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows: 4648 ** 4649 ** Pager object (sizeof(Pager) bytes) 4650 ** PCache object (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes) 4651 ** Database file handle (pVfs->szOsFile bytes) 4652 ** Sub-journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) 4653 ** Main journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) 4654 ** Database file name (nPathname+1 bytes) 4655 ** Journal file name (nPathname+8+1 bytes) 4656 */ 4657 pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero( 4658 ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) + /* Pager structure */ 4659 ROUND8(pcacheSize) + /* PCache object */ 4660 ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) + /* The main db file */ 4661 journalFileSize * 2 + /* The two journal files */ 4662 nPathname + 1 + nUri + /* zFilename */ 4663 nPathname + 8 + 2 /* zJournal */ 4664 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4665 + nPathname + 4 + 2 /* zWal */ 4666 #endif 4667 ); 4668 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) ); 4669 if( !pPtr ){ 4670 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4671 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4672 } 4673 pPager = (Pager*)(pPtr); 4674 pPager->pPCache = (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager))); 4675 pPager->fd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize)); 4676 pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile)); 4677 pPager->jfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); 4678 pPager->zFilename = (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); 4679 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) ); 4680 4681 /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */ 4682 if( zPathname ){ 4683 assert( nPathname>0 ); 4684 pPager->zJournal = (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri); 4685 memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname); 4686 if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri); 4687 memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname); 4688 memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+2); 4689 sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal); 4690 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4691 pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1]; 4692 memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname); 4693 memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1); 4694 sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal); 4695 #endif 4696 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4697 } 4698 pPager->pVfs = pVfs; 4699 pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags; 4700 4701 /* Open the pager file. 4702 */ 4703 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4704 int fout = 0; /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */ 4705 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout); 4706 assert( !memDb ); 4707 readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); 4708 4709 /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access, 4710 ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the 4711 ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of: 4712 ** 4713 ** + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE, 4714 ** + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize() 4715 ** + The largest page size that can be written atomically. 4716 */ 4717 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4718 int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 4719 if( !readOnly ){ 4720 setSectorSize(pPager); 4721 assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE); 4722 if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){ 4723 if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){ 4724 szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; 4725 }else{ 4726 szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize; 4727 } 4728 } 4729 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 4730 { 4731 int ii; 4732 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); 4733 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); 4734 assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536); 4735 for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){ 4736 if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){ 4737 szPageDflt = ii; 4738 } 4739 } 4740 } 4741 #endif 4742 } 4743 pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "nolock", 0); 4744 if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0 4745 || sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){ 4746 vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; 4747 goto act_like_temp_file; 4748 } 4749 } 4750 }else{ 4751 /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately. 4752 ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually 4753 ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite(). 4754 ** 4755 ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory 4756 ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to 4757 ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal. 4758 ** 4759 ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable. 4760 */ 4761 act_like_temp_file: 4762 tempFile = 1; 4763 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; /* Pretend we already have a lock */ 4764 pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */ 4765 pPager->noLock = 1; /* Do no locking */ 4766 readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); 4767 } 4768 4769 /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of 4770 ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. 4771 */ 4772 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4773 assert( pPager->memDb==0 ); 4774 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1); 4775 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 4776 } 4777 4778 /* Initialize the PCache object. */ 4779 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4780 assert( nExtra<1000 ); 4781 nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra); 4782 rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb, 4783 !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache); 4784 } 4785 4786 /* If an error occurred above, free the Pager structure and close the file. 4787 */ 4788 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4789 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); 4790 sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); 4791 sqlite3_free(pPager); 4792 return rc; 4793 } 4794 4795 PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename)); 4796 IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename)) 4797 4798 pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal; 4799 /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */ 4800 /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */ 4801 /* pPager->nRef = 0; */ 4802 /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */ 4803 /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */ 4804 /* pPager->nPage = 0; */ 4805 pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT; 4806 /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */ 4807 /* pPager->errMask = 0; */ 4808 pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile; 4809 assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 4810 || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); 4811 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 ); 4812 pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile; 4813 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 4814 pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb; 4815 pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly; 4816 assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile ); 4817 pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile; 4818 if( pPager->noSync ){ 4819 assert( pPager->fullSync==0 ); 4820 assert( pPager->extraSync==0 ); 4821 assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 ); 4822 assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 ); 4823 assert( pPager->ckptSyncFlags==0 ); 4824 }else{ 4825 pPager->fullSync = 1; 4826 #if SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE 4827 pPager->extraSync = 1; 4828 #else 4829 pPager->extraSync = 0; 4830 #endif 4831 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 4832 pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS; 4833 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 4834 } 4835 /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */ 4836 /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */ 4837 /* pPager->pLast = 0; */ 4838 pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra; 4839 pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT; 4840 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile ); 4841 setSectorSize(pPager); 4842 if( !useJournal ){ 4843 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF; 4844 }else if( memDb ){ 4845 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY; 4846 } 4847 /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */ 4848 /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */ 4849 pPager->xReiniter = xReinit; 4850 /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */ 4851 /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */ 4852 4853 *ppPager = pPager; 4854 return SQLITE_OK; 4855 } 4856 4857 4858 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from 4859 ** under the pager. Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still were it ought 4860 ** to be on disk. Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error 4861 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing. 4862 */ 4863 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){ 4864 int bHasMoved = 0; 4865 int rc; 4866 4867 if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK; 4868 if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; 4869 assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] ); 4870 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved); 4871 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){ 4872 /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file 4873 ** has not been moved. That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to 4874 ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */ 4875 rc = SQLITE_OK; 4876 }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){ 4877 rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED; 4878 } 4879 return rc; 4880 } 4881 4882 4883 /* 4884 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to 4885 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in 4886 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that 4887 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal 4888 ** file exists if the following criteria are met: 4889 ** 4890 ** * The journal file exists in the file system, and 4891 ** * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and 4892 ** * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and 4893 ** * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00. 4894 ** 4895 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file 4896 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior 4897 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is 4898 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK 4899 ** is returned. 4900 ** 4901 ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename 4902 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file 4903 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this 4904 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback() 4905 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and 4906 ** will not roll it back. 4907 ** 4908 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and 4909 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is 4910 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying 4911 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error 4912 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined. 4913 */ 4914 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){ 4915 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 4916 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4917 int exists = 1; /* True if a journal file is present */ 4918 int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd); 4919 4920 assert( pPager->useJournal ); 4921 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 4922 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 4923 4924 assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) & 4925 SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN 4926 )); 4927 4928 *pExists = 0; 4929 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 4930 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); 4931 } 4932 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){ 4933 int locked = 0; /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */ 4934 4935 /* Race condition here: Another process might have been holding the 4936 ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess() 4937 ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before 4938 ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call. If that 4939 ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when 4940 ** in fact there is none. This results in a false-positive which will 4941 ** be dealt with by the playback routine. Ticket #3883. 4942 */ 4943 rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked); 4944 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){ 4945 Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in database file */ 4946 4947 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); 4948 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4949 /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the 4950 ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where 4951 ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial 4952 ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back. 4953 ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted. However, take care 4954 ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to 4955 ** journal_mode=PERSIST. 4956 */ 4957 if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){ 4958 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 4959 if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){ 4960 sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 4961 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 4962 } 4963 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 4964 }else{ 4965 /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved 4966 ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is 4967 ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file. 4968 ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not, 4969 ** it can be ignored. 4970 */ 4971 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 4972 int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 4973 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f); 4974 } 4975 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4976 u8 first = 0; 4977 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0); 4978 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 4979 rc = SQLITE_OK; 4980 } 4981 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 4982 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 4983 } 4984 *pExists = (first!=0); 4985 }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){ 4986 /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if 4987 ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or 4988 ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in 4989 ** ticket #3883. Either way, assume that the journal is hot. 4990 ** This might be a false positive. But if it is, then the 4991 ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal 4992 ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to 4993 ** worry so much with race conditions. 4994 */ 4995 *pExists = 1; 4996 rc = SQLITE_OK; 4997 } 4998 } 4999 } 5000 } 5001 } 5002 5003 return rc; 5004 } 5005 5006 /* 5007 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file. 5008 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function 5009 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when 5010 ** this function is called, it is a no-op. 5011 ** 5012 ** The following operations are also performed by this function. 5013 ** 5014 ** 1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held 5015 ** on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a 5016 ** SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining 5017 ** the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal, 5018 ** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal 5019 ** rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking 5020 ** the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and 5021 ** discarded if they are found to be invalid. 5022 ** 5023 ** 2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently 5024 ** no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state, 5025 ** then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding 5026 ** the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal 5027 ** file. 5028 ** 5029 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 5030 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or 5031 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned. 5032 */ 5033 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ 5034 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5035 5036 /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no 5037 ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either 5038 ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in 5039 ** exclusive access mode. 5040 */ 5041 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); 5042 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5043 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 5044 if( NEVER(MEMDB && pPager->errCode) ){ return pPager->errCode; } 5045 5046 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){ 5047 int bHotJournal = 1; /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */ 5048 5049 assert( !MEMDB ); 5050 5051 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 5052 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5053 assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 5054 goto failed; 5055 } 5056 5057 /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the 5058 ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted. 5059 */ 5060 if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){ 5061 rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal); 5062 } 5063 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5064 goto failed; 5065 } 5066 if( bHotJournal ){ 5067 if( pPager->readOnly ){ 5068 rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK; 5069 goto failed; 5070 } 5071 5072 /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is 5073 ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the 5074 ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the 5075 ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the 5076 ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the 5077 ** hot-journal back. 5078 ** 5079 ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any 5080 ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to 5081 ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock 5082 ** on the database file. 5083 ** 5084 ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is 5085 ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns. 5086 */ 5087 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5088 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5089 goto failed; 5090 } 5091 5092 /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the 5093 ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because 5094 ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open 5095 ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access 5096 ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist 5097 ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems). 5098 ** 5099 ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some 5100 ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before 5101 ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it 5102 ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this 5103 ** function was called and the journal file does not exist. 5104 */ 5105 if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5106 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 5107 int bExists; /* True if journal file exists */ 5108 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 5109 pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists); 5110 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){ 5111 int fout = 0; 5112 int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 5113 assert( !pPager->tempFile ); 5114 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout); 5115 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 5116 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){ 5117 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; 5118 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 5119 } 5120 } 5121 } 5122 5123 /* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write 5124 ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before 5125 ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with 5126 ** an inconsistent cache. Sync the hot journal before playing 5127 ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal 5128 ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync 5129 ** the journal before playing it back. 5130 */ 5131 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5132 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5133 rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager); 5134 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5135 rc = pager_playback(pPager, 1); 5136 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 5137 } 5138 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 5139 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 5140 } 5141 5142 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5143 /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open 5144 ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The 5145 ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock 5146 ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be 5147 ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for 5148 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation). 5149 ** 5150 ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to 5151 ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition 5152 ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file, 5153 ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very 5154 ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling 5155 ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible 5156 ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page 5157 ** references. 5158 */ 5159 pager_error(pPager, rc); 5160 goto failed; 5161 } 5162 5163 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 5164 assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK) 5165 || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK) 5166 ); 5167 } 5168 5169 if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){ 5170 /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to 5171 ** see if the database has been modified. If the database has changed, 5172 ** flush the cache. The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from 5173 ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a 5174 ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up. 5175 ** 5176 ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning 5177 ** at offset 24 into the file. The first 4 of these 16 bytes are 5178 ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change. The 5179 ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when 5180 ** a codec is in use. 5181 ** 5182 ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be 5183 ** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that 5184 ** it can be neglected. 5185 */ 5186 Pgno nPage = 0; 5187 char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)]; 5188 5189 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); 5190 if( rc ) goto failed; 5191 5192 if( nPage>0 ){ 5193 IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers))); 5194 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24); 5195 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 5196 goto failed; 5197 } 5198 }else{ 5199 memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers)); 5200 } 5201 5202 if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){ 5203 pager_reset(pPager); 5204 5205 /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes 5206 ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back 5207 ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock. 5208 ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears 5209 ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this 5210 ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */ 5211 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){ 5212 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 5213 } 5214 } 5215 } 5216 5217 /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL 5218 ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op. 5219 */ 5220 rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager); 5221 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 5222 assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5223 #endif 5224 } 5225 5226 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5227 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5228 rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager); 5229 } 5230 5231 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5232 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize); 5233 } 5234 5235 failed: 5236 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5237 assert( !MEMDB ); 5238 pager_unlock(pPager); 5239 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 5240 }else{ 5241 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 5242 pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1; 5243 } 5244 return rc; 5245 } 5246 5247 /* 5248 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active 5249 ** transaction and unlock the pager. 5250 ** 5251 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in 5252 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is 5253 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op. 5254 */ 5255 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){ 5256 if( pPager->nMmapOut==0 && (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) ){ 5257 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); 5258 } 5259 } 5260 5261 /* 5262 ** Acquire a reference to page number pgno in pager pPager (a page 5263 ** reference has type DbPage*). If the requested reference is 5264 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned. 5265 ** 5266 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned. 5267 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data 5268 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may 5269 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing 5270 ** object with no outstanding references. 5271 ** 5272 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the 5273 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is 5274 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra 5275 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used. 5276 ** 5277 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if a 5278 ** non-zero value is passed as the noContent parameter and the 5279 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no 5280 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the 5281 ** page is initialized to all zeros. 5282 ** 5283 ** If noContent is true, it means that we do not care about the contents 5284 ** of the page. This occurs in two scenarios: 5285 ** 5286 ** a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and 5287 ** 5288 ** b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load 5289 ** a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read 5290 ** from the savepoint journal. 5291 ** 5292 ** If noContent is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead of 5293 ** being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding 5294 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the 5295 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open 5296 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any 5297 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents 5298 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO. 5299 ** 5300 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons. In all cases, 5301 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL. 5302 ** 5303 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup(). Both this routine and Lookup() attempt 5304 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first. If the page is not already 5305 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup() 5306 ** just returns 0. This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it 5307 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary. 5308 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks 5309 ** or journal files. 5310 */ 5311 int sqlite3PagerGet( 5312 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5313 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5314 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5315 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5316 ){ 5317 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5318 PgHdr *pPg = 0; 5319 u32 iFrame = 0; /* Frame to read from WAL file */ 5320 const int noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT); 5321 5322 /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except 5323 ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY 5324 ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a 5325 ** temporary or in-memory database. */ 5326 const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1 && USEFETCH(pPager) 5327 && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY)) 5328 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 5329 && pPager->xCodec==0 5330 #endif 5331 ); 5332 5333 /* Optimization note: Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here 5334 ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1" 5335 ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the 5336 ** common case where pgno is large. */ 5337 if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){ 5338 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5339 } 5340 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 5341 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5342 assert( noContent==0 || bMmapOk==0 ); 5343 5344 assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 ); 5345 5346 /* If the pager is in the error state, return an error immediately. 5347 ** Otherwise, request the page from the PCache layer. */ 5348 if( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5349 rc = pPager->errCode; 5350 }else{ 5351 if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5352 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame); 5353 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err; 5354 } 5355 5356 if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){ 5357 void *pData = 0; 5358 5359 rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd, 5360 (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData 5361 ); 5362 5363 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){ 5364 if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER ){ 5365 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); 5366 } 5367 if( pPg==0 ){ 5368 rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg); 5369 }else{ 5370 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData); 5371 } 5372 if( pPg ){ 5373 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5374 *ppPage = pPg; 5375 return SQLITE_OK; 5376 } 5377 } 5378 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5379 goto pager_acquire_err; 5380 } 5381 } 5382 5383 { 5384 sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase; 5385 pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3); 5386 if( pBase==0 ){ 5387 rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase); 5388 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err; 5389 if( pBase==0 ){ 5390 pPg = *ppPage = 0; 5391 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 5392 goto pager_acquire_err; 5393 } 5394 } 5395 pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase); 5396 assert( pPg!=0 ); 5397 } 5398 } 5399 5400 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5401 /* Either the call to sqlite3PcacheFetch() returned an error or the 5402 ** pager was already in the error-state when this function was called. 5403 ** Set pPg to 0 and jump to the exception handler. */ 5404 pPg = 0; 5405 goto pager_acquire_err; 5406 } 5407 assert( pPg==(*ppPage) ); 5408 assert( pPg->pgno==pgno ); 5409 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 ); 5410 5411 if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){ 5412 /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of 5413 ** the page. Return without further ado. */ 5414 assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); 5415 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++; 5416 return SQLITE_OK; 5417 5418 }else{ 5419 /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to 5420 ** be initialized. */ 5421 5422 pPg->pPager = pPager; 5423 5424 /* The maximum page number is 2^31. Return SQLITE_CORRUPT if a page 5425 ** number greater than this, or the unused locking-page, is requested. */ 5426 if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 5427 rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5428 goto pager_acquire_err; 5429 } 5430 5431 if( MEMDB || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent || !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 5432 if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){ 5433 rc = SQLITE_FULL; 5434 goto pager_acquire_err; 5435 } 5436 if( noContent ){ 5437 /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign. 5438 ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a 5439 ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure 5440 ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set 5441 ** a bit in a bit vector. 5442 */ 5443 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 5444 if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 5445 TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno); 5446 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5447 } 5448 TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno); 5449 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5450 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 5451 } 5452 memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize); 5453 IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 5454 }else{ 5455 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) && bMmapOk==0 ){ 5456 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame); 5457 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err; 5458 } 5459 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); 5460 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++; 5461 rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame); 5462 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5463 goto pager_acquire_err; 5464 } 5465 } 5466 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 5467 } 5468 5469 return SQLITE_OK; 5470 5471 pager_acquire_err: 5472 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 5473 if( pPg ){ 5474 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); 5475 } 5476 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); 5477 5478 *ppPage = 0; 5479 return rc; 5480 } 5481 5482 /* 5483 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do 5484 ** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page, 5485 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache. 5486 ** 5487 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine 5488 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read 5489 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache. This routine 5490 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error 5491 ** has ever happened. 5492 */ 5493 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 5494 sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage; 5495 assert( pPager!=0 ); 5496 assert( pgno!=0 ); 5497 assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 ); 5498 pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0); 5499 assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ); 5500 if( pPage==0 ) return 0; 5501 return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage); 5502 } 5503 5504 /* 5505 ** Release a page reference. 5506 ** 5507 ** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the 5508 ** page is added to the LRU list. When all references to all pages 5509 ** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is 5510 ** removed. 5511 */ 5512 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){ 5513 Pager *pPager; 5514 assert( pPg!=0 ); 5515 pPager = pPg->pPager; 5516 if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){ 5517 pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg); 5518 }else{ 5519 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); 5520 } 5521 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); 5522 } 5523 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){ 5524 if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); 5525 } 5526 5527 /* 5528 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction. 5529 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database 5530 ** file when this routine is called. 5531 ** 5532 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header 5533 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal 5534 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being 5535 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used 5536 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back. 5537 ** 5538 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode), 5539 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the 5540 ** already open file. 5541 ** 5542 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the 5543 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated. 5544 ** 5545 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return 5546 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or 5547 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails. 5548 */ 5549 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){ 5550 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5551 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; /* Local cache of vfs pointer */ 5552 5553 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5554 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5555 assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 5556 5557 /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op. But on 5558 ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in 5559 ** an error state. */ 5560 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 5561 5562 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 5563 pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); 5564 if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){ 5565 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 5566 } 5567 5568 /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */ 5569 if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5570 if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ 5571 sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd); 5572 }else{ 5573 const int flags = /* VFS flags to open journal file */ 5574 SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE| 5575 (pPager->tempFile ? 5576 (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL): 5577 (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) 5578 ); 5579 5580 /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when 5581 ** it was originally opened. */ 5582 rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager); 5583 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5584 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 5585 rc = sqlite3JournalOpen( 5586 pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, jrnlBufferSize(pPager) 5587 ); 5588 #else 5589 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, 0); 5590 #endif 5591 } 5592 } 5593 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 5594 } 5595 5596 5597 /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open 5598 ** the sub-journal if necessary. 5599 */ 5600 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5601 /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */ 5602 pPager->nRec = 0; 5603 pPager->journalOff = 0; 5604 pPager->setMaster = 0; 5605 pPager->journalHdr = 0; 5606 rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); 5607 } 5608 } 5609 5610 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5611 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 5612 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 5613 }else{ 5614 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5615 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD; 5616 } 5617 5618 return rc; 5619 } 5620 5621 /* 5622 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a 5623 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op. 5624 ** 5625 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED 5626 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least 5627 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking 5628 ** functions need be called. 5629 ** 5630 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened 5631 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This 5632 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when 5633 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a 5634 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required 5635 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database, 5636 ** or using a temporary file otherwise. 5637 */ 5638 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){ 5639 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5640 5641 if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode; 5642 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR ); 5643 pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory; 5644 5645 if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){ 5646 assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 5647 5648 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5649 /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an 5650 ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now. 5651 */ 5652 if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){ 5653 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5654 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5655 return rc; 5656 } 5657 (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1); 5658 } 5659 5660 /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to 5661 ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller. 5662 ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already 5663 ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it. 5664 */ 5665 rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); 5666 }else{ 5667 /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter 5668 ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The 5669 ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE 5670 ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock. 5671 */ 5672 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); 5673 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){ 5674 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5675 } 5676 } 5677 5678 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5679 /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state. 5680 ** 5681 ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD 5682 ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED. 5683 ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint 5684 ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database 5685 ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in 5686 ** WAL mode. 5687 */ 5688 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED; 5689 pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; 5690 pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize; 5691 pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize; 5692 pPager->journalOff = 0; 5693 } 5694 5695 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 5696 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5697 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5698 } 5699 5700 PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 5701 return rc; 5702 } 5703 5704 /* 5705 ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal. 5706 */ 5707 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){ 5708 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5709 int rc; 5710 u32 cksum; 5711 char *pData2; 5712 i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff; 5713 5714 /* We should never write to the journal file the page that 5715 ** contains the database locks. The following assert verifies 5716 ** that we do not. */ 5717 assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); 5718 5719 assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff ); 5720 CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2); 5721 cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2); 5722 5723 /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the 5724 ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page. 5725 ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in 5726 ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored 5727 ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so, 5728 ** then corruption may follow. 5729 */ 5730 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 5731 5732 rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno); 5733 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5734 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4); 5735 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5736 rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum); 5737 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5738 5739 IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, 5740 pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize)); 5741 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count); 5742 PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n", 5743 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, 5744 ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg))); 5745 5746 pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize; 5747 pPager->nRec++; 5748 assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 ); 5749 rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); 5750 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5751 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5752 rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); 5753 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5754 return rc; 5755 } 5756 5757 /* 5758 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the 5759 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into 5760 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the 5761 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs 5762 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate. 5763 */ 5764 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){ 5765 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5766 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5767 5768 /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already 5769 ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point. 5770 ** It is never called in the ERROR state. 5771 */ 5772 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 5773 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 5774 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 5775 ); 5776 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5777 assert( pPager->errCode==0 ); 5778 assert( pPager->readOnly==0 ); 5779 CHECK_PAGE(pPg); 5780 5781 /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already 5782 ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the 5783 ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case. 5784 ** 5785 ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page. 5786 ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then 5787 ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state 5788 ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache. 5789 */ 5790 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 5791 rc = pager_open_journal(pPager); 5792 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5793 } 5794 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); 5795 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5796 5797 /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */ 5798 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 5799 5800 /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about 5801 ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off 5802 ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC. 5803 */ 5804 assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 5805 if( pPager->pInJournal!=0 5806 && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0 5807 ){ 5808 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 5809 if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 5810 rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg); 5811 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5812 return rc; 5813 } 5814 }else{ 5815 if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){ 5816 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 5817 } 5818 PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n", 5819 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, 5820 ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0))); 5821 } 5822 } 5823 5824 /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list 5825 ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal. Wait until now, 5826 ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the 5827 ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified. 5828 */ 5829 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE; 5830 5831 /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it, 5832 ** then write the page into the statement journal. 5833 */ 5834 if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){ 5835 rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 5836 } 5837 5838 /* Update the database size and return. */ 5839 if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){ 5840 pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno; 5841 } 5842 return rc; 5843 } 5844 5845 /* 5846 ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size 5847 ** is larger than the page size. SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that 5848 ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware. Hence, all bytes of 5849 ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of 5850 ** a write. 5851 ** 5852 ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which 5853 ** case pages can be individually written. This routine only runs in the 5854 ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size. 5855 */ 5856 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){ 5857 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5858 Pgno nPageCount; /* Total number of pages in database file */ 5859 Pgno pg1; /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */ 5860 int nPage = 0; /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */ 5861 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 5862 int needSync = 0; /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */ 5863 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */ 5864 Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize); 5865 5866 /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow 5867 ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by 5868 ** this function. 5869 */ 5870 assert( !MEMDB ); 5871 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 ); 5872 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; 5873 5874 /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are 5875 ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier 5876 ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on. 5877 */ 5878 pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1; 5879 5880 nPageCount = pPager->dbSize; 5881 if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){ 5882 nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1; 5883 }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){ 5884 nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1; 5885 }else{ 5886 nPage = nPagePerSector; 5887 } 5888 assert(nPage>0); 5889 assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno); 5890 assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno); 5891 5892 for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){ 5893 Pgno pg = pg1+ii; 5894 PgHdr *pPage; 5895 if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){ 5896 if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 5897 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage, 0); 5898 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5899 rc = pager_write(pPage); 5900 if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ 5901 needSync = 1; 5902 } 5903 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 5904 } 5905 } 5906 }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){ 5907 if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ 5908 needSync = 1; 5909 } 5910 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 5911 } 5912 } 5913 5914 /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages 5915 ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because 5916 ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the 5917 ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them 5918 ** before any of them can be written out to the database file. 5919 */ 5920 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){ 5921 assert( !MEMDB ); 5922 for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){ 5923 PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii); 5924 if( pPage ){ 5925 pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 5926 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 5927 } 5928 } 5929 } 5930 5931 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 ); 5932 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; 5933 return rc; 5934 } 5935 5936 /* 5937 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before 5938 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value 5939 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless 5940 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK. 5941 ** 5942 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this 5943 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages 5944 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages 5945 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning. 5946 ** 5947 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned 5948 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 5949 */ 5950 int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ 5951 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5952 assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); 5953 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5954 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5955 if( pPager->errCode ){ 5956 return pPager->errCode; 5957 }else if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){ 5958 if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 5959 return SQLITE_OK; 5960 }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){ 5961 return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg); 5962 }else{ 5963 return pager_write(pPg); 5964 } 5965 } 5966 5967 /* 5968 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed 5969 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite(). In other words, return TRUE if it is ok 5970 ** to change the content of the page. 5971 */ 5972 #ifndef NDEBUG 5973 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){ 5974 return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE; 5975 } 5976 #endif 5977 5978 /* 5979 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to 5980 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though 5981 ** that page might be marked as dirty. This happens, for example, when 5982 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its 5983 ** content no longer matters. 5984 ** 5985 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data 5986 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so 5987 ** that it does not get written to disk. 5988 ** 5989 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large 5990 ** DELETE operations. 5991 */ 5992 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ 5993 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5994 if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){ 5995 PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager))); 5996 IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)) 5997 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE; 5998 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE; 5999 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 6000 } 6001 } 6002 6003 /* 6004 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file 6005 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at 6006 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file. The secondary change counter at 6007 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96. 6008 ** 6009 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false. 6010 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once. 6011 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an 6012 ** unconditional update of the change counters. 6013 ** 6014 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling 6015 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the 6016 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current 6017 ** transaction is committed. 6018 ** 6019 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled 6020 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case, 6021 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly 6022 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the 6023 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function. 6024 */ 6025 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){ 6026 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 6027 6028 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6029 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6030 ); 6031 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6032 6033 /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the 6034 ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect 6035 ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter 6036 ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero. 6037 ** 6038 ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not 6039 ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of 6040 ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the 6041 ** "if( isDirect )" condition. 6042 */ 6043 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 6044 # define DIRECT_MODE 0 6045 assert( isDirectMode==0 ); 6046 UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode); 6047 #else 6048 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode 6049 #endif 6050 6051 if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){ 6052 PgHdr *pPgHdr; /* Reference to page 1 */ 6053 6054 assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 6055 6056 /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */ 6057 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr, 0); 6058 assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6059 6060 /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not 6061 ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable. When not in 6062 ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet() 6063 ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK. 6064 */ 6065 if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){ 6066 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr); 6067 } 6068 6069 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6070 /* Actually do the update of the change counter */ 6071 pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr); 6072 6073 /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */ 6074 if( DIRECT_MODE ){ 6075 const void *zBuf; 6076 assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 ); 6077 CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, zBuf); 6078 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6079 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0); 6080 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; 6081 } 6082 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6083 /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the 6084 ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be 6085 ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match). */ 6086 const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24]; 6087 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 6088 pPager->changeCountDone = 1; 6089 } 6090 }else{ 6091 pPager->changeCountDone = 1; 6092 } 6093 } 6094 6095 /* Release the page reference. */ 6096 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr); 6097 } 6098 return rc; 6099 } 6100 6101 /* 6102 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases 6103 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set. 6104 ** 6105 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this 6106 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned. 6107 */ 6108 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 6109 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 6110 6111 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 6112 void *pArg = (void*)zMaster; 6113 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg); 6114 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 6115 } 6116 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ 6117 assert( !MEMDB ); 6118 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags); 6119 } 6120 return rc; 6121 } 6122 6123 /* 6124 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in 6125 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op. 6126 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on 6127 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one. 6128 ** 6129 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is 6130 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6131 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is 6132 ** returned. 6133 */ 6134 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ 6135 int rc = pPager->errCode; 6136 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6137 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6138 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6139 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6140 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6141 ); 6142 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6143 if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6144 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 6145 } 6146 } 6147 return rc; 6148 } 6149 6150 /* 6151 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name 6152 ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual 6153 ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master 6154 ** journal (a single database transaction). 6155 ** 6156 ** This routine ensures that: 6157 ** 6158 ** * The database file change-counter is updated, 6159 ** * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used), 6160 ** * all dirty pages are written to the database file, 6161 ** * the database file is truncated (if required), and 6162 ** * the database file synced. 6163 ** 6164 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize 6165 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or 6166 ** delete the master journal file if specified). 6167 ** 6168 ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value 6169 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call. 6170 ** 6171 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself 6172 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to 6173 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the 6174 ** journal file in this case. 6175 */ 6176 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne( 6177 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 6178 const char *zMaster, /* If not NULL, the master journal name */ 6179 int noSync /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */ 6180 ){ 6181 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6182 6183 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6184 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6185 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6186 || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR 6187 ); 6188 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6189 6190 /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */ 6191 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 6192 6193 PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n", 6194 pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize)); 6195 6196 /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */ 6197 if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK; 6198 6199 if( MEMDB ){ 6200 /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this 6201 ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op. However, any 6202 ** backup in progress needs to be restarted. 6203 */ 6204 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 6205 }else{ 6206 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6207 PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 6208 PgHdr *pPageOne = 0; 6209 if( pList==0 ){ 6210 /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag. 6211 ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */ 6212 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne, 0); 6213 pList = pPageOne; 6214 pList->pDirty = 0; 6215 } 6216 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6217 if( ALWAYS(pList) ){ 6218 rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1); 6219 } 6220 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne); 6221 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6222 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 6223 } 6224 }else{ 6225 /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it 6226 ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization 6227 ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the 6228 ** runtime criteria to use the operation: 6229 ** 6230 ** * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for 6231 ** blocks of size page-size, and 6232 ** * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and 6233 ** * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file. 6234 ** 6235 ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the 6236 ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change 6237 ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but 6238 ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate() 6239 ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call 6240 ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect 6241 ** mode. 6242 ** 6243 ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable, 6244 ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter 6245 ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be 6246 ** created for this transaction. 6247 */ 6248 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 6249 PgHdr *pPg; 6250 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) 6251 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 6252 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 6253 ); 6254 if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd) 6255 && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) 6256 && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize 6257 && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty) 6258 ){ 6259 /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The 6260 ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1 6261 ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1 6262 ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write 6263 ** property of the host file-system, this is safe. 6264 */ 6265 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1); 6266 }else{ 6267 rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); 6268 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6269 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); 6270 } 6271 } 6272 #else 6273 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); 6274 #endif 6275 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6276 6277 /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master 6278 ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file, 6279 ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op. 6280 */ 6281 rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster); 6282 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6283 6284 /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database. 6285 ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not 6286 ** create the journal file or perform any real IO. 6287 ** 6288 ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the 6289 ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the 6290 ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive 6291 ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is 6292 ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant 6293 ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow. 6294 */ 6295 rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0); 6296 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6297 6298 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)); 6299 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 6300 assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ); 6301 goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6302 } 6303 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 6304 6305 /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use 6306 ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database 6307 ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the 6308 ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the 6309 ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file 6310 ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case. */ 6311 if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 6312 Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)); 6313 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); 6314 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew); 6315 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6316 } 6317 6318 /* Finally, sync the database file. */ 6319 if( !noSync ){ 6320 rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster); 6321 } 6322 IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 6323 } 6324 } 6325 6326 commit_phase_one_exit: 6327 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6328 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED; 6329 } 6330 return rc; 6331 } 6332 6333 6334 /* 6335 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely 6336 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and 6337 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system 6338 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually 6339 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back. 6340 ** 6341 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting, 6342 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used 6343 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is 6344 ** irrevocably committed. 6345 ** 6346 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager 6347 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6348 */ 6349 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){ 6350 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6351 6352 /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred. 6353 ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get 6354 ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */ 6355 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 6356 6357 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6358 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 6359 || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD) 6360 ); 6361 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6362 6363 /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during 6364 ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is 6365 ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op. 6366 ** 6367 ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal 6368 ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as 6369 ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made 6370 ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal 6371 ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need 6372 ** to drop any locks either. 6373 */ 6374 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6375 && pPager->exclusiveMode 6376 && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 6377 ){ 6378 assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff ); 6379 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 6380 return SQLITE_OK; 6381 } 6382 6383 PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 6384 pPager->iDataVersion++; 6385 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1); 6386 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 6387 } 6388 6389 /* 6390 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the 6391 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed. 6392 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR 6393 ** state if an error occurs. 6394 ** 6395 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called, 6396 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case. 6397 ** 6398 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions: 6399 ** 6400 ** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and 6401 ** in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction 6402 ** was opened, and 6403 ** 6404 ** 2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot 6405 ** rollback at any point in the future. 6406 ** 6407 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the 6408 ** rollback is successful. 6409 ** 6410 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the 6411 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to 6412 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or 6413 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed. 6414 */ 6415 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){ 6416 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6417 PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 6418 6419 /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If 6420 ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not 6421 ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller. 6422 */ 6423 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6424 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode; 6425 if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK; 6426 6427 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6428 int rc2; 6429 rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1); 6430 rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0); 6431 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; 6432 }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 6433 int eState = pPager->eState; 6434 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); 6435 if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 6436 /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error 6437 ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted. 6438 ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT. 6439 */ 6440 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT; 6441 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 6442 return rc; 6443 } 6444 }else{ 6445 rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0); 6446 } 6447 6448 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 6449 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT 6450 || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR 6451 || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN 6452 ); 6453 6454 /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager 6455 ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent. 6456 */ 6457 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 6458 } 6459 6460 /* 6461 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only. Return FALSE 6462 ** if the database is (in theory) writable. 6463 */ 6464 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){ 6465 return pPager->readOnly; 6466 } 6467 6468 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 6469 /* 6470 ** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager. 6471 */ 6472 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){ 6473 return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); 6474 } 6475 #endif 6476 6477 /* 6478 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently 6479 ** used by the pager and its associated cache. 6480 */ 6481 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){ 6482 int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr) 6483 + 5*sizeof(void*); 6484 return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache) 6485 + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager) 6486 + pPager->pageSize; 6487 } 6488 6489 /* 6490 ** Return the number of references to the specified page. 6491 */ 6492 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){ 6493 return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage); 6494 } 6495 6496 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 6497 /* 6498 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only. 6499 */ 6500 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){ 6501 static int a[11]; 6502 a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); 6503 a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache); 6504 a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache); 6505 a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize; 6506 a[4] = pPager->eState; 6507 a[5] = pPager->errCode; 6508 a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]; 6509 a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]; 6510 a[8] = 0; /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */ 6511 a[9] = pPager->nRead; 6512 a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]; 6513 return a; 6514 } 6515 #endif 6516 6517 /* 6518 ** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or 6519 ** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the 6520 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the 6521 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before 6522 ** returning. 6523 */ 6524 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){ 6525 6526 assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 6527 || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 6528 || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE 6529 ); 6530 6531 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS ); 6532 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE ); 6533 assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 ); 6534 6535 *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]; 6536 if( reset ){ 6537 pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT] = 0; 6538 } 6539 } 6540 6541 /* 6542 ** Return true if this is an in-memory pager. 6543 */ 6544 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){ 6545 return MEMDB; 6546 } 6547 6548 /* 6549 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are 6550 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints 6551 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already 6552 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op. 6553 ** 6554 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error 6555 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is 6556 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 6557 */ 6558 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ 6559 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6560 int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint; /* Current number of savepoints */ 6561 int ii; /* Iterator variable */ 6562 PagerSavepoint *aNew; /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */ 6563 6564 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 6565 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6566 assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal ); 6567 6568 /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM 6569 ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a 6570 ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below. 6571 */ 6572 aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc( 6573 pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint 6574 ); 6575 if( !aNew ){ 6576 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 6577 } 6578 memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint)); 6579 pPager->aSavepoint = aNew; 6580 6581 /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */ 6582 for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){ 6583 aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize; 6584 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){ 6585 aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff; 6586 }else{ 6587 aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 6588 } 6589 aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec; 6590 aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); 6591 if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){ 6592 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 6593 } 6594 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6595 sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData); 6596 } 6597 pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1; 6598 } 6599 assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint ); 6600 assertTruncateConstraint(pPager); 6601 return rc; 6602 } 6603 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ 6604 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 6605 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6606 6607 if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){ 6608 return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint); 6609 }else{ 6610 return SQLITE_OK; 6611 } 6612 } 6613 6614 6615 /* 6616 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint. 6617 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently 6618 ** created savepoint. 6619 ** 6620 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. 6621 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with 6622 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes 6623 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created. 6624 ** 6625 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter 6626 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint 6627 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate 6628 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than 6629 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op. 6630 ** 6631 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current 6632 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling 6633 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate 6634 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the 6635 ** contents of the database to its original state. 6636 ** 6637 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint 6638 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE), 6639 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed. 6640 ** 6641 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails, 6642 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a 6643 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6644 */ 6645 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){ 6646 int rc = pPager->errCode; /* Return code */ 6647 6648 assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); 6649 assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); 6650 6651 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){ 6652 int ii; /* Iterator variable */ 6653 int nNew; /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */ 6654 6655 /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this 6656 ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated 6657 ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation. 6658 */ 6659 nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1); 6660 for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 6661 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); 6662 } 6663 pPager->nSavepoint = nNew; 6664 6665 /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate 6666 ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */ 6667 if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ 6668 if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ 6669 /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */ 6670 if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){ 6671 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0); 6672 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6673 } 6674 pPager->nSubRec = 0; 6675 } 6676 } 6677 /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint. 6678 ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has 6679 ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to 6680 ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped. 6681 */ 6682 else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 6683 PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1]; 6684 rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint); 6685 assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE); 6686 } 6687 } 6688 6689 return rc; 6690 } 6691 6692 /* 6693 ** Return the full pathname of the database file. 6694 ** 6695 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if 6696 ** nullIfMemDb is true. This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when 6697 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy 6698 ** behavior. But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to 6699 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can 6700 ** participate in shared-cache. 6701 */ 6702 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){ 6703 return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename; 6704 } 6705 6706 /* 6707 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager. 6708 */ 6709 sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){ 6710 return pPager->pVfs; 6711 } 6712 6713 /* 6714 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated 6715 ** with the pager. This might return NULL if the file has 6716 ** not yet been opened. 6717 */ 6718 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){ 6719 return pPager->fd; 6720 } 6721 6722 /* 6723 ** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists). 6724 ** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file. 6725 */ 6726 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager *pPager){ 6727 #if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 6728 return pPager->jfd; 6729 #else 6730 return pPager->pWal ? sqlite3WalFile(pPager->pWal) : pPager->jfd; 6731 #endif 6732 } 6733 6734 /* 6735 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file. 6736 */ 6737 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){ 6738 return pPager->zJournal; 6739 } 6740 6741 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 6742 /* 6743 ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager 6744 */ 6745 void sqlite3PagerSetCodec( 6746 Pager *pPager, 6747 void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int), 6748 void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int), 6749 void (*xCodecFree)(void*), 6750 void *pCodec 6751 ){ 6752 if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); 6753 pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec; 6754 pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng; 6755 pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree; 6756 pPager->pCodec = pCodec; 6757 pagerReportSize(pPager); 6758 } 6759 void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){ 6760 return pPager->pCodec; 6761 } 6762 6763 /* 6764 ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content 6765 ** into the log file. 6766 ** 6767 ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted 6768 ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL. 6769 */ 6770 void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){ 6771 void *aData = 0; 6772 CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData); 6773 return aData; 6774 } 6775 6776 /* 6777 ** Return the current pager state 6778 */ 6779 int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){ 6780 return pPager->eState; 6781 } 6782 #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */ 6783 6784 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 6785 /* 6786 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file. 6787 ** 6788 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at 6789 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be 6790 ** in cache. If the page previously located at pgno is not already 6791 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine. 6792 ** 6793 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any 6794 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes 6795 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller. 6796 ** 6797 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be 6798 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction 6799 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement 6800 ** transaction is active). 6801 ** 6802 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being 6803 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction 6804 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page 6805 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction. 6806 ** 6807 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error 6808 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK. 6809 */ 6810 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){ 6811 PgHdr *pPgOld; /* The page being overwritten. */ 6812 Pgno needSyncPgno = 0; /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */ 6813 int rc; /* Return code */ 6814 Pgno origPgno; /* The original page number */ 6815 6816 assert( pPg->nRef>0 ); 6817 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6818 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6819 ); 6820 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6821 6822 /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal 6823 ** the page we are moving from. 6824 */ 6825 if( MEMDB ){ 6826 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg); 6827 if( rc ) return rc; 6828 } 6829 6830 /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest 6831 ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the 6832 ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario: 6833 ** 6834 ** BEGIN; 6835 ** <journal page X, then modify it in memory> 6836 ** SAVEPOINT one; 6837 ** <Move page X to location Y> 6838 ** ROLLBACK TO one; 6839 ** 6840 ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not 6841 ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one" 6842 ** statement were is processed. 6843 ** 6844 ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into 6845 ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function 6846 ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM. 6847 */ 6848 if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0 6849 && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg)) 6850 ){ 6851 return rc; 6852 } 6853 6854 PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", 6855 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno)); 6856 IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno)) 6857 6858 /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can 6859 ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno. 6860 ** 6861 ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that 6862 ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno 6863 ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it. 6864 */ 6865 if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){ 6866 needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno; 6867 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || 6868 pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize ); 6869 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 6870 } 6871 6872 /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it 6873 ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for 6874 ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained 6875 ** for the page moved there. 6876 */ 6877 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 6878 pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); 6879 assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 ); 6880 if( pPgOld ){ 6881 pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC); 6882 if( MEMDB ){ 6883 /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might 6884 ** need to rollback later. Just move the page out of the way. */ 6885 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1); 6886 }else{ 6887 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld); 6888 } 6889 } 6890 6891 origPgno = pPg->pgno; 6892 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno); 6893 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 6894 6895 /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues 6896 ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back. Use pPgOld 6897 ** as the original page since it has already been allocated. 6898 */ 6899 if( MEMDB ){ 6900 assert( pPgOld ); 6901 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno); 6902 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld); 6903 } 6904 6905 if( needSyncPgno ){ 6906 /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be 6907 ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno. 6908 ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the 6909 ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by 6910 ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 6911 ** flag. 6912 ** 6913 ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due 6914 ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[] 6915 ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in 6916 ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before 6917 ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in 6918 ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem. 6919 */ 6920 PgHdr *pPgHdr; 6921 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr, 0); 6922 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 6923 if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 6924 assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 ); 6925 sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace); 6926 } 6927 return rc; 6928 } 6929 pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 6930 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr); 6931 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr); 6932 } 6933 6934 return SQLITE_OK; 6935 } 6936 #endif 6937 6938 /* 6939 ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page 6940 ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's 6941 ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to 6942 ** the value passed as the third parameter. 6943 */ 6944 void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){ 6945 assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew ); 6946 pPg->flags = flags; 6947 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew); 6948 } 6949 6950 /* 6951 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page. 6952 */ 6953 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){ 6954 assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb ); 6955 return pPg->pData; 6956 } 6957 6958 /* 6959 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space 6960 ** allocated along with the specified page. 6961 */ 6962 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){ 6963 return pPg->pExtra; 6964 } 6965 6966 /* 6967 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one 6968 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 6969 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then 6970 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified. 6971 ** 6972 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 6973 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated) 6974 ** locking-mode. 6975 */ 6976 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ 6977 assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY 6978 || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 6979 || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); 6980 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 ); 6981 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 ); 6982 assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ); 6983 if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){ 6984 pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode; 6985 } 6986 return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode; 6987 } 6988 6989 /* 6990 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of: 6991 ** 6992 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 6993 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 6994 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 6995 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 6996 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 6997 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 6998 ** 6999 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed. 7000 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons: 7001 ** 7002 ** * An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF 7003 ** or _MEMORY. 7004 ** 7005 ** * Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode. 7006 ** 7007 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode. 7008 */ 7009 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ 7010 u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode; /* Prior journalmode */ 7011 7012 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 7013 /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger 7014 ** only. We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */ 7015 print_pager_state(pPager); 7016 #endif 7017 7018 7019 /* The eMode parameter is always valid */ 7020 assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 7021 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 7022 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 7023 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 7024 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 7025 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); 7026 7027 /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and 7028 ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed 7029 ** to WAL mode. 7030 */ 7031 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); 7032 7033 /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to 7034 ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF 7035 */ 7036 if( MEMDB ){ 7037 assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ); 7038 if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 7039 eMode = eOld; 7040 } 7041 } 7042 7043 if( eMode!=eOld ){ 7044 7045 /* Change the journal mode. */ 7046 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 7047 pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode; 7048 7049 /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal 7050 ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, 7051 ** delete the journal file. 7052 */ 7053 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); 7054 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); 7055 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 ); 7056 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 ); 7057 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 ); 7058 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 ); 7059 7060 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode ); 7061 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){ 7062 7063 /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is 7064 ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file 7065 ** here is an optimization only. 7066 ** 7067 ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the 7068 ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted 7069 ** while it is in use by some other client. 7070 */ 7071 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7072 if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ 7073 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 7074 }else{ 7075 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7076 int state = pPager->eState; 7077 assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER ); 7078 if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ 7079 rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager); 7080 } 7081 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){ 7082 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 7083 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); 7084 } 7085 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7086 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 7087 } 7088 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){ 7089 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7090 }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ 7091 pager_unlock(pPager); 7092 } 7093 assert( state==pPager->eState ); 7094 } 7095 }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 7096 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7097 } 7098 } 7099 7100 /* Return the new journal mode */ 7101 return (int)pPager->journalMode; 7102 } 7103 7104 /* 7105 ** Return the current journal mode. 7106 */ 7107 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ 7108 return (int)pPager->journalMode; 7109 } 7110 7111 /* 7112 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the 7113 ** journalmode. Journalmode changes can only happen when the database 7114 ** is unmodified. 7115 */ 7116 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ 7117 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 7118 if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0; 7119 if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0; 7120 return 1; 7121 } 7122 7123 /* 7124 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files. 7125 ** 7126 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced. 7127 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op. 7128 */ 7129 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){ 7130 if( iLimit>=-1 ){ 7131 pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit; 7132 sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit); 7133 } 7134 return pPager->journalSizeLimit; 7135 } 7136 7137 /* 7138 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module 7139 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module 7140 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and 7141 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only. 7142 */ 7143 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){ 7144 return &pPager->pBackup; 7145 } 7146 7147 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM 7148 /* 7149 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache. 7150 */ 7151 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){ 7152 if( !MEMDB && pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager); 7153 } 7154 #endif 7155 7156 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 7157 /* 7158 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint", 7159 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() 7160 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions. 7161 ** 7162 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART. 7163 */ 7164 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){ 7165 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7166 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7167 rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, eMode, 7168 (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler), 7169 pPager->pBusyHandlerArg, 7170 pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace, 7171 pnLog, pnCkpt 7172 ); 7173 } 7174 return rc; 7175 } 7176 7177 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){ 7178 return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal); 7179 } 7180 7181 /* 7182 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the 7183 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging. 7184 */ 7185 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){ 7186 const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods; 7187 return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap); 7188 } 7189 7190 /* 7191 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock 7192 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it. 7193 */ 7194 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ 7195 int rc; /* Return code */ 7196 7197 assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 7198 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 7199 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 7200 /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the 7201 ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead. */ 7202 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7203 } 7204 7205 return rc; 7206 } 7207 7208 /* 7209 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in 7210 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE 7211 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index 7212 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory. 7213 */ 7214 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){ 7215 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7216 7217 assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 ); 7218 assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 7219 7220 /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use 7221 ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory 7222 ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL 7223 ** file, to make sure this is safe. 7224 */ 7225 if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 7226 rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 7227 } 7228 7229 /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails, 7230 ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code. 7231 */ 7232 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7233 rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 7234 pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode, 7235 pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal 7236 ); 7237 } 7238 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 7239 7240 return rc; 7241 } 7242 7243 7244 /* 7245 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call 7246 ** this function. 7247 ** 7248 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database 7249 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file 7250 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful, 7251 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does 7252 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is 7253 ** not modified in either case. 7254 ** 7255 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if 7256 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK 7257 ** without doing anything. 7258 */ 7259 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal( 7260 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 7261 int *pbOpen /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */ 7262 ){ 7263 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 7264 7265 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 7266 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pbOpen ); 7267 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen ); 7268 assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 ); 7269 assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) ); 7270 7271 if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){ 7272 if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; 7273 7274 /* Close any rollback journal previously open */ 7275 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7276 7277 rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); 7278 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7279 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL; 7280 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 7281 } 7282 }else{ 7283 *pbOpen = 1; 7284 } 7285 7286 return rc; 7287 } 7288 7289 /* 7290 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior 7291 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode. 7292 ** 7293 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an 7294 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an 7295 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed. 7296 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning. 7297 */ 7298 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager){ 7299 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7300 7301 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); 7302 7303 /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system, 7304 ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to 7305 ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen. 7306 */ 7307 if( !pPager->pWal ){ 7308 int logexists = 0; 7309 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7310 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7311 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 7312 pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists 7313 ); 7314 } 7315 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){ 7316 rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); 7317 } 7318 } 7319 7320 /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on 7321 ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted. 7322 */ 7323 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){ 7324 rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 7325 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7326 rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, 7327 pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace); 7328 pPager->pWal = 0; 7329 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 7330 } 7331 } 7332 return rc; 7333 } 7334 7335 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT 7336 /* 7337 ** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot 7338 ** currently open. Otherwise, return an error. 7339 */ 7340 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){ 7341 int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; 7342 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7343 rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager->pWal, ppSnapshot); 7344 } 7345 return rc; 7346 } 7347 7348 /* 7349 ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a 7350 ** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it 7351 ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error. 7352 */ 7353 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){ 7354 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7355 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7356 sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot); 7357 }else{ 7358 rc = SQLITE_ERROR; 7359 } 7360 return rc; 7361 } 7362 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */ 7363 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ 7364 7365 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS 7366 /* 7367 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If 7368 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more 7369 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the 7370 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file 7371 ** is empty, return 0. 7372 */ 7373 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){ 7374 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 7375 return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal); 7376 } 7377 #endif 7378 7379 7380 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */ 7381